Windows: Add SDL2 headers and libraries to the repo for quick-and-easy building and static linking. (SDL2 uses the zlib license so we are in the clear.)

git-svn-id: https://svn.eduke32.com/eduke32@4099 1a8010ca-5511-0410-912e-c29ae57300e0
This commit is contained in:
hendricks266 2013-10-13 06:17:07 +00:00
parent 3c614fcafa
commit 1ac4c9b585
70 changed files with 25452 additions and 0 deletions

View file

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL.h
*
* Main include header for the SDL library
*/
/**
* \mainpage Simple DirectMedia Layer (SDL)
*
* http://www.libsdl.org/
*
* \section intro_sec Introduction
*
* This is the Simple DirectMedia Layer, a general API that provides low
* level access to audio, keyboard, mouse, joystick, 3D hardware via OpenGL,
* and 2D framebuffer across multiple platforms.
*
* SDL is written in C, but works with C++ natively, and has bindings to
* several other languages, including Ada, C#, Eiffel, Erlang, Euphoria,
* Guile, Haskell, Java, Lisp, Lua, ML, Objective C, Pascal, Perl, PHP,
* Pike, Pliant, Python, Ruby, and Smalltalk.
*
* This library is distributed under the zlib license, which can be
* found in the file "COPYING". This license allows you to use SDL
* freely for any purpose as long as you retain the copyright notice.
*
* The best way to learn how to use SDL is to check out the header files in
* the "include" subdirectory and the programs in the "test" subdirectory.
* The header files and test programs are well commented and always up to date.
* More documentation and FAQs are available online at:
* http://wiki.libsdl.org/
*
* If you need help with the library, or just want to discuss SDL related
* issues, you can join the developers mailing list:
* http://www.libsdl.org/mailing-list.php
*
* Enjoy!
* Sam Lantinga (slouken@libsdl.org)
*/
#ifndef _SDL_H
#define _SDL_H
#include "SDL_main.h"
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_assert.h"
#include "SDL_atomic.h"
#include "SDL_audio.h"
#include "SDL_clipboard.h"
#include "SDL_cpuinfo.h"
#include "SDL_endian.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_events.h"
#include "SDL_joystick.h"
#include "SDL_gamecontroller.h"
#include "SDL_haptic.h"
#include "SDL_hints.h"
#include "SDL_loadso.h"
#include "SDL_log.h"
#include "SDL_messagebox.h"
#include "SDL_mutex.h"
#include "SDL_power.h"
#include "SDL_render.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "SDL_system.h"
#include "SDL_thread.h"
#include "SDL_timer.h"
#include "SDL_version.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* As of version 0.5, SDL is loaded dynamically into the application */
/**
* \name SDL_INIT_*
*
* These are the flags which may be passed to SDL_Init(). You should
* specify the subsystems which you will be using in your application.
*/
/*@{*/
#define SDL_INIT_TIMER 0x00000001
#define SDL_INIT_AUDIO 0x00000010
#define SDL_INIT_VIDEO 0x00000020 /**< SDL_INIT_VIDEO implies SDL_INIT_EVENTS */
#define SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK 0x00000200 /**< SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK implies SDL_INIT_EVENTS */
#define SDL_INIT_HAPTIC 0x00001000
#define SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER 0x00002000 /**< SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER implies SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK */
#define SDL_INIT_EVENTS 0x00004000
#define SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE 0x00100000 /**< Don't catch fatal signals */
#define SDL_INIT_EVERYTHING ( \
SDL_INIT_TIMER | SDL_INIT_AUDIO | SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_EVENTS | \
SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK | SDL_INIT_HAPTIC | SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER \
)
/*@}*/
/**
* This function initializes the subsystems specified by \c flags
* Unless the ::SDL_INIT_NOPARACHUTE flag is set, it will install cleanup
* signal handlers for some commonly ignored fatal signals (like SIGSEGV).
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Init(Uint32 flags);
/**
* This function initializes specific SDL subsystems
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_InitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
/**
* This function cleans up specific SDL subsystems
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_QuitSubSystem(Uint32 flags);
/**
* This function returns a mask of the specified subsystems which have
* previously been initialized.
*
* If \c flags is 0, it returns a mask of all initialized subsystems.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_WasInit(Uint32 flags);
/**
* This function cleans up all initialized subsystems. You should
* call it upon all exit conditions.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Quit(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_H */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_assert_h
#define _SDL_assert_h
#include "SDL_config.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#ifndef SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL
#ifdef SDL_DEFAULT_ASSERT_LEVEL
#define SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL SDL_DEFAULT_ASSERT_LEVEL
#elif defined(_DEBUG) || defined(DEBUG) || \
(defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__OPTIMIZE__))
#define SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL 2
#else
#define SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL 1
#endif
#endif /* SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL */
/*
These are macros and not first class functions so that the debugger breaks
on the assertion line and not in some random guts of SDL, and so each
assert can have unique static variables associated with it.
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
/* Don't include intrin.h here because it contains C++ code */
extern void __cdecl __debugbreak(void);
#define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() __debugbreak()
#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)))
#define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() __asm__ __volatile__ ( "int $3\n\t" )
#elif defined(HAVE_SIGNAL_H)
#include <signal.h>
#define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint() raise(SIGTRAP)
#else
/* How do we trigger breakpoints on this platform? */
#define SDL_TriggerBreakpoint()
#endif
#if defined(__STDC_VERSION__) && (__STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L) /* C99 supports __func__ as a standard. */
# define SDL_FUNCTION __func__
#elif ((__GNUC__ >= 2) || defined(_MSC_VER))
# define SDL_FUNCTION __FUNCTION__
#else
# define SDL_FUNCTION "???"
#endif
#define SDL_FILE __FILE__
#define SDL_LINE __LINE__
/*
sizeof (x) makes the compiler still parse the expression even without
assertions enabled, so the code is always checked at compile time, but
doesn't actually generate code for it, so there are no side effects or
expensive checks at run time, just the constant size of what x WOULD be,
which presumably gets optimized out as unused.
This also solves the problem of...
int somevalue = blah();
SDL_assert(somevalue == 1);
...which would cause compiles to complain that somevalue is unused if we
disable assertions.
*/
#define SDL_disabled_assert(condition) \
do { (void) sizeof ((condition)); } while (0)
typedef enum
{
SDL_ASSERTION_RETRY, /**< Retry the assert immediately. */
SDL_ASSERTION_BREAK, /**< Make the debugger trigger a breakpoint. */
SDL_ASSERTION_ABORT, /**< Terminate the program. */
SDL_ASSERTION_IGNORE, /**< Ignore the assert. */
SDL_ASSERTION_ALWAYS_IGNORE /**< Ignore the assert from now on. */
} SDL_assert_state;
typedef struct SDL_assert_data
{
int always_ignore;
unsigned int trigger_count;
const char *condition;
const char *filename;
int linenum;
const char *function;
const struct SDL_assert_data *next;
} SDL_assert_data;
#if (SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL > 0)
/* Never call this directly. Use the SDL_assert* macros. */
extern DECLSPEC SDL_assert_state SDLCALL SDL_ReportAssertion(SDL_assert_data *,
const char *,
const char *, int);
/* the do {} while(0) avoids dangling else problems:
if (x) SDL_assert(y); else blah();
... without the do/while, the "else" could attach to this macro's "if".
We try to handle just the minimum we need here in a macro...the loop,
the static vars, and break points. The heavy lifting is handled in
SDL_ReportAssertion(), in SDL_assert.c.
*/
#define SDL_enabled_assert(condition) \
do { \
while ( !(condition) ) { \
static struct SDL_assert_data assert_data = { \
0, 0, #condition, 0, 0, 0, 0 \
}; \
const SDL_assert_state state = SDL_ReportAssertion(&assert_data, \
SDL_FUNCTION, \
SDL_FILE, \
SDL_LINE); \
if (state == SDL_ASSERTION_RETRY) { \
continue; /* go again. */ \
} else if (state == SDL_ASSERTION_BREAK) { \
SDL_TriggerBreakpoint(); \
} \
break; /* not retrying. */ \
} \
} while (0)
#endif /* enabled assertions support code */
/* Enable various levels of assertions. */
#if SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 0 /* assertions disabled */
# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
#elif SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 1 /* release settings. */
# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
#elif SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 2 /* normal settings. */
# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_disabled_assert(condition)
#elif SDL_ASSERT_LEVEL == 3 /* paranoid settings. */
# define SDL_assert(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_release(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
# define SDL_assert_paranoid(condition) SDL_enabled_assert(condition)
#else
# error Unknown assertion level.
#endif
typedef SDL_assert_state (SDLCALL *SDL_AssertionHandler)(
const SDL_assert_data* data, void* userdata);
/**
* \brief Set an application-defined assertion handler.
*
* This allows an app to show its own assertion UI and/or force the
* response to an assertion failure. If the app doesn't provide this, SDL
* will try to do the right thing, popping up a system-specific GUI dialog,
* and probably minimizing any fullscreen windows.
*
* This callback may fire from any thread, but it runs wrapped in a mutex, so
* it will only fire from one thread at a time.
*
* Setting the callback to NULL restores SDL's original internal handler.
*
* This callback is NOT reset to SDL's internal handler upon SDL_Quit()!
*
* \return SDL_assert_state value of how to handle the assertion failure.
*
* \param handler Callback function, called when an assertion fails.
* \param userdata A pointer passed to the callback as-is.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetAssertionHandler(
SDL_AssertionHandler handler,
void *userdata);
/**
* \brief Get a list of all assertion failures.
*
* Get all assertions triggered since last call to SDL_ResetAssertionReport(),
* or the start of the program.
*
* The proper way to examine this data looks something like this:
*
* <code>
* const SDL_assert_data *item = SDL_GetAssertionReport();
* while (item) {
* printf("'%s', %s (%s:%d), triggered %u times, always ignore: %s.\n",
* item->condition, item->function, item->filename,
* item->linenum, item->trigger_count,
* item->always_ignore ? "yes" : "no");
* item = item->next;
* }
* </code>
*
* \return List of all assertions.
* \sa SDL_ResetAssertionReport
*/
extern DECLSPEC const SDL_assert_data * SDLCALL SDL_GetAssertionReport(void);
/**
* \brief Reset the list of all assertion failures.
*
* Reset list of all assertions triggered.
*
* \sa SDL_GetAssertionReport
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ResetAssertionReport(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_assert_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_atomic.h
*
* Atomic operations.
*
* IMPORTANT:
* If you are not an expert in concurrent lockless programming, you should
* only be using the atomic lock and reference counting functions in this
* file. In all other cases you should be protecting your data structures
* with full mutexes.
*
* The list of "safe" functions to use are:
* SDL_AtomicLock()
* SDL_AtomicUnlock()
* SDL_AtomicIncRef()
* SDL_AtomicDecRef()
*
* Seriously, here be dragons!
* ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
*
* You can find out a little more about lockless programming and the
* subtle issues that can arise here:
* http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ee418650%28v=vs.85%29.aspx
*
* There's also lots of good information here:
* http://www.1024cores.net/home/lock-free-algorithms
* http://preshing.com/
*
* These operations may or may not actually be implemented using
* processor specific atomic operations. When possible they are
* implemented as true processor specific atomic operations. When that
* is not possible the are implemented using locks that *do* use the
* available atomic operations.
*
* All of the atomic operations that modify memory are full memory barriers.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_atomic_h_
#define _SDL_atomic_h_
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_platform.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Need to do this here because intrin.h has C++ code in it */
/* Visual Studio 2005 has a bug where intrin.h conflicts with winnt.h */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1500)
#include <intrin.h>
#define HAVE_MSC_ATOMICS 1
#endif
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \name SDL AtomicLock
*
* The atomic locks are efficient spinlocks using CPU instructions,
* but are vulnerable to starvation and can spin forever if a thread
* holding a lock has been terminated. For this reason you should
* minimize the code executed inside an atomic lock and never do
* expensive things like API or system calls while holding them.
*
* The atomic locks are not safe to lock recursively.
*
* Porting Note:
* The spin lock functions and type are required and can not be
* emulated because they are used in the atomic emulation code.
*/
/*@{*/
typedef int SDL_SpinLock;
/**
* \brief Try to lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
*
* \param lock Points to the lock.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the lock succeeded, SDL_FALSE if the lock is already held.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicTryLock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
/**
* \brief Lock a spin lock by setting it to a non-zero value.
*
* \param lock Points to the lock.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AtomicLock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
/**
* \brief Unlock a spin lock by setting it to 0. Always returns immediately
*
* \param lock Points to the lock.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AtomicUnlock(SDL_SpinLock *lock);
/*@}*//*SDL AtomicLock*/
/**
* The compiler barrier prevents the compiler from reordering
* reads and writes to globally visible variables across the call.
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER > 1200)
void _ReadWriteBarrier(void);
#pragma intrinsic(_ReadWriteBarrier)
#define SDL_CompilerBarrier() _ReadWriteBarrier()
#elif defined(__GNUC__)
#define SDL_CompilerBarrier() __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
#else
#define SDL_CompilerBarrier() \
{ SDL_SpinLock _tmp = 0; SDL_AtomicLock(&_tmp); SDL_AtomicUnlock(&_tmp); }
#endif
/**
* Memory barriers are designed to prevent reads and writes from being
* reordered by the compiler and being seen out of order on multi-core CPUs.
*
* A typical pattern would be for thread A to write some data and a flag,
* and for thread B to read the flag and get the data. In this case you
* would insert a release barrier between writing the data and the flag,
* guaranteeing that the data write completes no later than the flag is
* written, and you would insert an acquire barrier between reading the
* flag and reading the data, to ensure that all the reads associated
* with the flag have completed.
*
* In this pattern you should always see a release barrier paired with
* an acquire barrier and you should gate the data reads/writes with a
* single flag variable.
*
* For more information on these semantics, take a look at the blog post:
* http://preshing.com/20120913/acquire-and-release-semantics
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("lwsync" : : : "memory")
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("lwsync" : : : "memory")
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__arm__)
#if defined(__ARM_ARCH_7__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7A__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7R__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7M__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_7S__)
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("dmb ish" : : : "memory")
#elif defined(__ARM_ARCH_6__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6J__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6K__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6T2__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6Z__) || defined(__ARM_ARCH_6ZK__)
#ifdef __thumb__
/* The mcr instruction isn't available in thumb mode, use real functions */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease();
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire();
#else
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c7, c10, 5" : : "r"(0) : "memory")
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("mcr p15, 0, %0, c7, c10, 5" : : "r"(0) : "memory")
#endif /* __thumb__ */
#else
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() __asm__ __volatile__ ("" : : : "memory")
#endif /* __GNUC__ && __arm__ */
#else
/* This is correct for the x86 and x64 CPUs, and we'll expand this over time. */
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierRelease() SDL_CompilerBarrier()
#define SDL_MemoryBarrierAcquire() SDL_CompilerBarrier()
#endif
/* Platform specific optimized versions of the atomic functions,
* you can disable these by defining SDL_DISABLE_ATOMIC_INLINE
*/
#if defined(SDL_ATOMIC_DISABLED) && SDL_ATOMIC_DISABLED
#define SDL_DISABLE_ATOMIC_INLINE
#endif
#ifndef SDL_DISABLE_ATOMIC_INLINE
#ifdef HAVE_MSC_ATOMICS
#define SDL_AtomicSet(a, v) _InterlockedExchange((long*)&(a)->value, (v))
#define SDL_AtomicAdd(a, v) _InterlockedExchangeAdd((long*)&(a)->value, (v))
#define SDL_AtomicCAS(a, oldval, newval) (_InterlockedCompareExchange((long*)&(a)->value, (newval), (oldval)) == (oldval))
#define SDL_AtomicSetPtr(a, v) _InterlockedExchangePointer((a), (v))
#if _M_IX86
#define SDL_AtomicCASPtr(a, oldval, newval) (_InterlockedCompareExchange((long*)(a), (long)(newval), (long)(oldval)) == (long)(oldval))
#else
#define SDL_AtomicCASPtr(a, oldval, newval) (_InterlockedCompareExchangePointer((a), (newval), (oldval)) == (oldval))
#endif
#elif defined(__MACOSX__)
#include <libkern/OSAtomic.h>
#define SDL_AtomicCAS(a, oldval, newval) OSAtomicCompareAndSwap32Barrier((oldval), (newval), &(a)->value)
#ifdef __LP64__
#define SDL_AtomicCASPtr(a, oldval, newval) OSAtomicCompareAndSwap64Barrier((int64_t)(oldval), (int64_t)(newval), (int64_t*)(a))
#else
#define SDL_AtomicCASPtr(a, oldval, newval) OSAtomicCompareAndSwap32Barrier((int32_t)(oldval), (int32_t)(newval), (int32_t*)(a))
#endif
#elif defined(HAVE_GCC_ATOMICS)
#define SDL_AtomicSet(a, v) __sync_lock_test_and_set(&(a)->value, v)
#define SDL_AtomicAdd(a, v) __sync_fetch_and_add(&(a)->value, v)
#define SDL_AtomicSetPtr(a, v) __sync_lock_test_and_set(a, v)
#define SDL_AtomicCAS(a, oldval, newval) __sync_bool_compare_and_swap(&(a)->value, oldval, newval)
#define SDL_AtomicCASPtr(a, oldval, newval) __sync_bool_compare_and_swap(a, oldval, newval)
#endif
#endif /* !SDL_DISABLE_ATOMIC_INLINE */
/**
* \brief A type representing an atomic integer value. It is a struct
* so people don't accidentally use numeric operations on it.
*/
#ifndef SDL_atomic_t_defined
typedef struct { int value; } SDL_atomic_t;
#endif
/**
* \brief Set an atomic variable to a new value if it is currently an old value.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the atomic variable was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*
* \note If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use it!
*/
#ifndef SDL_AtomicCAS
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicCAS(SDL_atomic_t *a, int oldval, int newval);
#endif
/**
* \brief Set an atomic variable to a value.
*
* \return The previous value of the atomic variable.
*/
#ifndef SDL_AtomicSet
SDL_FORCE_INLINE int SDL_AtomicSet(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v)
{
int value;
do {
value = a->value;
} while (!SDL_AtomicCAS(a, value, v));
return value;
}
#endif
/**
* \brief Get the value of an atomic variable
*/
#ifndef SDL_AtomicGet
SDL_FORCE_INLINE int SDL_AtomicGet(SDL_atomic_t *a)
{
int value = a->value;
SDL_CompilerBarrier();
return value;
}
#endif
/**
* \brief Add to an atomic variable.
*
* \return The previous value of the atomic variable.
*
* \note This same style can be used for any number operation
*/
#ifndef SDL_AtomicAdd
SDL_FORCE_INLINE int SDL_AtomicAdd(SDL_atomic_t *a, int v)
{
int value;
do {
value = a->value;
} while (!SDL_AtomicCAS(a, value, (value + v)));
return value;
}
#endif
/**
* \brief Increment an atomic variable used as a reference count.
*/
#ifndef SDL_AtomicIncRef
#define SDL_AtomicIncRef(a) SDL_AtomicAdd(a, 1)
#endif
/**
* \brief Decrement an atomic variable used as a reference count.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the variable reached zero after decrementing,
* SDL_FALSE otherwise
*/
#ifndef SDL_AtomicDecRef
#define SDL_AtomicDecRef(a) (SDL_AtomicAdd(a, -1) == 1)
#endif
/**
* \brief Set a pointer to a new value if it is currently an old value.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the pointer was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*
* \note If you don't know what this function is for, you shouldn't use it!
*/
#ifndef SDL_AtomicCASPtr
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_AtomicCASPtr(void* *a, void *oldval, void *newval);
#endif
/**
* \brief Set a pointer to a value atomically.
*
* \return The previous value of the pointer.
*/
#ifndef SDL_AtomicSetPtr
SDL_FORCE_INLINE void* SDL_AtomicSetPtr(void* *a, void* v)
{
void* value;
do {
value = *a;
} while (!SDL_AtomicCASPtr(a, value, v));
return value;
}
#endif
/**
* \brief Get the value of a pointer atomically.
*/
#ifndef SDL_AtomicGetPtr
SDL_FORCE_INLINE void* SDL_AtomicGetPtr(void* *a)
{
void* value = *a;
SDL_CompilerBarrier();
return value;
}
#endif
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_atomic_h_ */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_audio.h
*
* Access to the raw audio mixing buffer for the SDL library.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_audio_h
#define _SDL_audio_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_endian.h"
#include "SDL_mutex.h"
#include "SDL_thread.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Audio format flags.
*
* These are what the 16 bits in SDL_AudioFormat currently mean...
* (Unspecified bits are always zero).
*
* \verbatim
++-----------------------sample is signed if set
||
|| ++-----------sample is bigendian if set
|| ||
|| || ++---sample is float if set
|| || ||
|| || || +---sample bit size---+
|| || || | |
15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00
\endverbatim
*
* There are macros in SDL 2.0 and later to query these bits.
*/
typedef Uint16 SDL_AudioFormat;
/**
* \name Audio flags
*/
/*@{*/
#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_BITSIZE (0xFF)
#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_DATATYPE (1<<8)
#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_ENDIAN (1<<12)
#define SDL_AUDIO_MASK_SIGNED (1<<15)
#define SDL_AUDIO_BITSIZE(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_BITSIZE)
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISFLOAT(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_DATATYPE)
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISBIGENDIAN(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_ENDIAN)
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISSIGNED(x) (x & SDL_AUDIO_MASK_SIGNED)
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISINT(x) (!SDL_AUDIO_ISFLOAT(x))
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISLITTLEENDIAN(x) (!SDL_AUDIO_ISBIGENDIAN(x))
#define SDL_AUDIO_ISUNSIGNED(x) (!SDL_AUDIO_ISSIGNED(x))
/**
* \name Audio format flags
*
* Defaults to LSB byte order.
*/
/*@{*/
#define AUDIO_U8 0x0008 /**< Unsigned 8-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_S8 0x8008 /**< Signed 8-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_U16LSB 0x0010 /**< Unsigned 16-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_S16LSB 0x8010 /**< Signed 16-bit samples */
#define AUDIO_U16MSB 0x1010 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_S16MSB 0x9010 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_U16 AUDIO_U16LSB
#define AUDIO_S16 AUDIO_S16LSB
/*@}*/
/**
* \name int32 support
*/
/*@{*/
#define AUDIO_S32LSB 0x8020 /**< 32-bit integer samples */
#define AUDIO_S32MSB 0x9020 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_S32 AUDIO_S32LSB
/*@}*/
/**
* \name float32 support
*/
/*@{*/
#define AUDIO_F32LSB 0x8120 /**< 32-bit floating point samples */
#define AUDIO_F32MSB 0x9120 /**< As above, but big-endian byte order */
#define AUDIO_F32 AUDIO_F32LSB
/*@}*/
/**
* \name Native audio byte ordering
*/
/*@{*/
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#define AUDIO_U16SYS AUDIO_U16LSB
#define AUDIO_S16SYS AUDIO_S16LSB
#define AUDIO_S32SYS AUDIO_S32LSB
#define AUDIO_F32SYS AUDIO_F32LSB
#else
#define AUDIO_U16SYS AUDIO_U16MSB
#define AUDIO_S16SYS AUDIO_S16MSB
#define AUDIO_S32SYS AUDIO_S32MSB
#define AUDIO_F32SYS AUDIO_F32MSB
#endif
/*@}*/
/**
* \name Allow change flags
*
* Which audio format changes are allowed when opening a device.
*/
/*@{*/
#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE 0x00000001
#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE 0x00000002
#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE 0x00000004
#define SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_ANY_CHANGE (SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FREQUENCY_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_FORMAT_CHANGE|SDL_AUDIO_ALLOW_CHANNELS_CHANGE)
/*@}*/
/*@}*//*Audio flags*/
/**
* This function is called when the audio device needs more data.
*
* \param userdata An application-specific parameter saved in
* the SDL_AudioSpec structure
* \param stream A pointer to the audio data buffer.
* \param len The length of that buffer in bytes.
*
* Once the callback returns, the buffer will no longer be valid.
* Stereo samples are stored in a LRLRLR ordering.
*/
typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_AudioCallback) (void *userdata, Uint8 * stream,
int len);
/**
* The calculated values in this structure are calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
*/
typedef struct SDL_AudioSpec
{
int freq; /**< DSP frequency -- samples per second */
SDL_AudioFormat format; /**< Audio data format */
Uint8 channels; /**< Number of channels: 1 mono, 2 stereo */
Uint8 silence; /**< Audio buffer silence value (calculated) */
Uint16 samples; /**< Audio buffer size in samples (power of 2) */
Uint16 padding; /**< Necessary for some compile environments */
Uint32 size; /**< Audio buffer size in bytes (calculated) */
SDL_AudioCallback callback;
void *userdata;
} SDL_AudioSpec;
struct SDL_AudioCVT;
typedef void (SDLCALL * SDL_AudioFilter) (struct SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
SDL_AudioFormat format);
/**
* A structure to hold a set of audio conversion filters and buffers.
*/
#ifdef __GNUC__
/* This structure is 84 bytes on 32-bit architectures, make sure GCC doesn't
pad it out to 88 bytes to guarantee ABI compatibility between compilers.
vvv
The next time we rev the ABI, make sure to size the ints and add padding.
*/
#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED __attribute__((packed))
#else
#define SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED
#endif
/* */
typedef struct SDL_AudioCVT
{
int needed; /**< Set to 1 if conversion possible */
SDL_AudioFormat src_format; /**< Source audio format */
SDL_AudioFormat dst_format; /**< Target audio format */
double rate_incr; /**< Rate conversion increment */
Uint8 *buf; /**< Buffer to hold entire audio data */
int len; /**< Length of original audio buffer */
int len_cvt; /**< Length of converted audio buffer */
int len_mult; /**< buffer must be len*len_mult big */
double len_ratio; /**< Given len, final size is len*len_ratio */
SDL_AudioFilter filters[10]; /**< Filter list */
int filter_index; /**< Current audio conversion function */
} SDL_AUDIOCVT_PACKED SDL_AudioCVT;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \name Driver discovery functions
*
* These functions return the list of built in audio drivers, in the
* order that they are normally initialized by default.
*/
/*@{*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAudioDrivers(void);
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDriver(int index);
/*@}*/
/**
* \name Initialization and cleanup
*
* \internal These functions are used internally, and should not be used unless
* you have a specific need to specify the audio driver you want to
* use. You should normally use SDL_Init() or SDL_InitSubSystem().
*/
/*@{*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioInit(const char *driver_name);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AudioQuit(void);
/*@}*/
/**
* This function returns the name of the current audio driver, or NULL
* if no driver has been initialized.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetCurrentAudioDriver(void);
/**
* This function opens the audio device with the desired parameters, and
* returns 0 if successful, placing the actual hardware parameters in the
* structure pointed to by \c obtained. If \c obtained is NULL, the audio
* data passed to the callback function will be guaranteed to be in the
* requested format, and will be automatically converted to the hardware
* audio format if necessary. This function returns -1 if it failed
* to open the audio device, or couldn't set up the audio thread.
*
* When filling in the desired audio spec structure,
* - \c desired->freq should be the desired audio frequency in samples-per-
* second.
* - \c desired->format should be the desired audio format.
* - \c desired->samples is the desired size of the audio buffer, in
* samples. This number should be a power of two, and may be adjusted by
* the audio driver to a value more suitable for the hardware. Good values
* seem to range between 512 and 8096 inclusive, depending on the
* application and CPU speed. Smaller values yield faster response time,
* but can lead to underflow if the application is doing heavy processing
* and cannot fill the audio buffer in time. A stereo sample consists of
* both right and left channels in LR ordering.
* Note that the number of samples is directly related to time by the
* following formula: \code ms = (samples*1000)/freq \endcode
* - \c desired->size is the size in bytes of the audio buffer, and is
* calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
* - \c desired->silence is the value used to set the buffer to silence,
* and is calculated by SDL_OpenAudio().
* - \c desired->callback should be set to a function that will be called
* when the audio device is ready for more data. It is passed a pointer
* to the audio buffer, and the length in bytes of the audio buffer.
* This function usually runs in a separate thread, and so you should
* protect data structures that it accesses by calling SDL_LockAudio()
* and SDL_UnlockAudio() in your code.
* - \c desired->userdata is passed as the first parameter to your callback
* function.
*
* The audio device starts out playing silence when it's opened, and should
* be enabled for playing by calling \c SDL_PauseAudio(0) when you are ready
* for your audio callback function to be called. Since the audio driver
* may modify the requested size of the audio buffer, you should allocate
* any local mixing buffers after you open the audio device.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudio(SDL_AudioSpec * desired,
SDL_AudioSpec * obtained);
/**
* SDL Audio Device IDs.
*
* A successful call to SDL_OpenAudio() is always device id 1, and legacy
* SDL audio APIs assume you want this device ID. SDL_OpenAudioDevice() calls
* always returns devices >= 2 on success. The legacy calls are good both
* for backwards compatibility and when you don't care about multiple,
* specific, or capture devices.
*/
typedef Uint32 SDL_AudioDeviceID;
/**
* Get the number of available devices exposed by the current driver.
* Only valid after a successfully initializing the audio subsystem.
* Returns -1 if an explicit list of devices can't be determined; this is
* not an error. For example, if SDL is set up to talk to a remote audio
* server, it can't list every one available on the Internet, but it will
* still allow a specific host to be specified to SDL_OpenAudioDevice().
*
* In many common cases, when this function returns a value <= 0, it can still
* successfully open the default device (NULL for first argument of
* SDL_OpenAudioDevice()).
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(int iscapture);
/**
* Get the human-readable name of a specific audio device.
* Must be a value between 0 and (number of audio devices-1).
* Only valid after a successfully initializing the audio subsystem.
* The values returned by this function reflect the latest call to
* SDL_GetNumAudioDevices(); recall that function to redetect available
* hardware.
*
* The string returned by this function is UTF-8 encoded, read-only, and
* managed internally. You are not to free it. If you need to keep the
* string for any length of time, you should make your own copy of it, as it
* will be invalid next time any of several other SDL functions is called.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(int index,
int iscapture);
/**
* Open a specific audio device. Passing in a device name of NULL requests
* the most reasonable default (and is equivalent to calling SDL_OpenAudio()).
*
* The device name is a UTF-8 string reported by SDL_GetAudioDeviceName(), but
* some drivers allow arbitrary and driver-specific strings, such as a
* hostname/IP address for a remote audio server, or a filename in the
* diskaudio driver.
*
* \return 0 on error, a valid device ID that is >= 2 on success.
*
* SDL_OpenAudio(), unlike this function, always acts on device ID 1.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioDeviceID SDLCALL SDL_OpenAudioDevice(const char
*device,
int iscapture,
const
SDL_AudioSpec *
desired,
SDL_AudioSpec *
obtained,
int
allowed_changes);
/**
* \name Audio state
*
* Get the current audio state.
*/
/*@{*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_AUDIO_STOPPED = 0,
SDL_AUDIO_PLAYING,
SDL_AUDIO_PAUSED
} SDL_AudioStatus;
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL SDL_GetAudioStatus(void);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioStatus SDLCALL
SDL_GetAudioDeviceStatus(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/*@}*//*Audio State*/
/**
* \name Pause audio functions
*
* These functions pause and unpause the audio callback processing.
* They should be called with a parameter of 0 after opening the audio
* device to start playing sound. This is so you can safely initialize
* data for your callback function after opening the audio device.
* Silence will be written to the audio device during the pause.
*/
/*@{*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudio(int pause_on);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PauseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev,
int pause_on);
/*@}*//*Pause audio functions*/
/**
* This function loads a WAVE from the data source, automatically freeing
* that source if \c freesrc is non-zero. For example, to load a WAVE file,
* you could do:
* \code
* SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile("sample.wav", "rb"), 1, ...);
* \endcode
*
* If this function succeeds, it returns the given SDL_AudioSpec,
* filled with the audio data format of the wave data, and sets
* \c *audio_buf to a malloc()'d buffer containing the audio data,
* and sets \c *audio_len to the length of that audio buffer, in bytes.
* You need to free the audio buffer with SDL_FreeWAV() when you are
* done with it.
*
* This function returns NULL and sets the SDL error message if the
* wave file cannot be opened, uses an unknown data format, or is
* corrupt. Currently raw and MS-ADPCM WAVE files are supported.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_AudioSpec *SDLCALL SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops * src,
int freesrc,
SDL_AudioSpec * spec,
Uint8 ** audio_buf,
Uint32 * audio_len);
/**
* Loads a WAV from a file.
* Compatibility convenience function.
*/
#define SDL_LoadWAV(file, spec, audio_buf, audio_len) \
SDL_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"),1, spec,audio_buf,audio_len)
/**
* This function frees data previously allocated with SDL_LoadWAV_RW()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeWAV(Uint8 * audio_buf);
/**
* This function takes a source format and rate and a destination format
* and rate, and initializes the \c cvt structure with information needed
* by SDL_ConvertAudio() to convert a buffer of audio data from one format
* to the other.
*
* \return -1 if the format conversion is not supported, 0 if there's
* no conversion needed, or 1 if the audio filter is set up.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_BuildAudioCVT(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt,
SDL_AudioFormat src_format,
Uint8 src_channels,
int src_rate,
SDL_AudioFormat dst_format,
Uint8 dst_channels,
int dst_rate);
/**
* Once you have initialized the \c cvt structure using SDL_BuildAudioCVT(),
* created an audio buffer \c cvt->buf, and filled it with \c cvt->len bytes of
* audio data in the source format, this function will convert it in-place
* to the desired format.
*
* The data conversion may expand the size of the audio data, so the buffer
* \c cvt->buf should be allocated after the \c cvt structure is initialized by
* SDL_BuildAudioCVT(), and should be \c cvt->len*cvt->len_mult bytes long.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertAudio(SDL_AudioCVT * cvt);
#define SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME 128
/**
* This takes two audio buffers of the playing audio format and mixes
* them, performing addition, volume adjustment, and overflow clipping.
* The volume ranges from 0 - 128, and should be set to ::SDL_MIX_MAXVOLUME
* for full audio volume. Note this does not change hardware volume.
* This is provided for convenience -- you can mix your own audio data.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudio(Uint8 * dst, const Uint8 * src,
Uint32 len, int volume);
/**
* This works like SDL_MixAudio(), but you specify the audio format instead of
* using the format of audio device 1. Thus it can be used when no audio
* device is open at all.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MixAudioFormat(Uint8 * dst,
const Uint8 * src,
SDL_AudioFormat format,
Uint32 len, int volume);
/**
* \name Audio lock functions
*
* The lock manipulated by these functions protects the callback function.
* During a SDL_LockAudio()/SDL_UnlockAudio() pair, you can be guaranteed that
* the callback function is not running. Do not call these from the callback
* function or you will cause deadlock.
*/
/*@{*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudio(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LockAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudio(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/*@}*//*Audio lock functions*/
/**
* This function shuts down audio processing and closes the audio device.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudio(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CloseAudioDevice(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/**
* \return 1 if audio device is still functioning, zero if not, -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AudioDeviceConnected(SDL_AudioDeviceID dev);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_audio_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_bits.h
*
* Functions for fiddling with bits and bitmasks.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_bits_h
#define _SDL_bits_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_bits.h
*/
/**
* Get the index of the most significant bit. Result is undefined when called
* with 0. This operation can also be stated as "count leading zeroes" and
* "log base 2".
*
* \return Index of the most significant bit.
*/
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Sint8
SDL_MostSignificantBitIndex32(Uint32 x)
{
#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4
/* Count Leading Zeroes builtin in GCC.
* http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-4.3.4/gcc/Other-Builtins.html
*/
return 31 - __builtin_clz(x);
#else
/* Based off of Bit Twiddling Hacks by Sean Eron Anderson
* <seander@cs.stanford.edu>, released in the public domain.
* http://graphics.stanford.edu/~seander/bithacks.html#IntegerLog
*/
const Uint32 b[] = {0x2, 0xC, 0xF0, 0xFF00, 0xFFFF0000};
const Uint8 S[] = {1, 2, 4, 8, 16};
Uint8 msbIndex = 0;
int i;
for (i = 4; i >= 0; i--)
{
if (x & b[i])
{
x >>= S[i];
msbIndex |= S[i];
}
}
return msbIndex;
#endif
}
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_bits_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_blendmode.h
*
* Header file declaring the SDL_BlendMode enumeration
*/
#ifndef _SDL_blendmode_h
#define _SDL_blendmode_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief The blend mode used in SDL_RenderCopy() and drawing operations.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE = 0x00000000, /**< no blending
dstRGBA = srcRGBA */
SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND = 0x00000001, /**< alpha blending
dstRGB = (srcRGB * srcA) + (dstRGB * (1-srcA))
dstA = srcA + (dstA * (1-srcA)) */
SDL_BLENDMODE_ADD = 0x00000002, /**< additive blending
dstRGB = (srcRGB * srcA) + dstRGB
dstA = dstA */
SDL_BLENDMODE_MOD = 0x00000004 /**< color modulate
dstRGB = srcRGB * dstRGB
dstA = dstA */
} SDL_BlendMode;
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_video_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_clipboard.h
*
* Include file for SDL clipboard handling
*/
#ifndef _SDL_clipboard_h
#define _SDL_clipboard_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Put UTF-8 text into the clipboard
*
* \sa SDL_GetClipboardText()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetClipboardText(const char *text);
/**
* \brief Get UTF-8 text from the clipboard, which must be freed with SDL_free()
*
* \sa SDL_SetClipboardText()
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GetClipboardText(void);
/**
* \brief Returns a flag indicating whether the clipboard exists and contains a text string that is non-empty
*
* \sa SDL_GetClipboardText()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasClipboardText(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_clipboard_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,189 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_config_windows_h
#define _SDL_config_windows_h
#include "SDL_platform.h"
/* This is a set of defines to configure the SDL features */
#if !defined(_STDINT_H_) && (!defined(HAVE_STDINT_H) || !_HAVE_STDINT_H)
#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__DMC__) || defined(__WATCOMC__)
#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
typedef signed __int8 int8_t;
typedef unsigned __int8 uint8_t;
typedef signed __int16 int16_t;
typedef unsigned __int16 uint16_t;
typedef signed __int32 int32_t;
typedef unsigned __int32 uint32_t;
typedef signed __int64 int64_t;
typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
#ifndef _UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
#ifdef _WIN64
typedef unsigned __int64 uintptr_t;
#else
typedef unsigned int uintptr_t;
#endif
#define _UINTPTR_T_DEFINED
#endif
/* Older Visual C++ headers don't have the Win64-compatible typedefs... */
#if ((_MSC_VER <= 1200) && (!defined(DWORD_PTR)))
#define DWORD_PTR DWORD
#endif
#if ((_MSC_VER <= 1200) && (!defined(LONG_PTR)))
#define LONG_PTR LONG
#endif
#else /* !__GNUC__ && !_MSC_VER */
typedef signed char int8_t;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef signed short int16_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef signed int int32_t;
typedef unsigned int uint32_t;
typedef signed long long int64_t;
typedef unsigned long long uint64_t;
#ifndef _SIZE_T_DEFINED_
#define _SIZE_T_DEFINED_
typedef unsigned int size_t;
#endif
typedef unsigned int uintptr_t;
#endif /* __GNUC__ || _MSC_VER */
#endif /* !_STDINT_H_ && !HAVE_STDINT_H */
#ifdef _WIN64
# define SIZEOF_VOIDP 8
#else
# define SIZEOF_VOIDP 4
#endif
/* This is disabled by default to avoid C runtime dependencies and manifest requirements */
#ifdef HAVE_LIBC
/* Useful headers */
#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
#define STDC_HEADERS 1
#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
#define HAVE_CTYPE_H 1
#define HAVE_MATH_H 1
#define HAVE_SIGNAL_H 1
/* C library functions */
#define HAVE_MALLOC 1
#define HAVE_CALLOC 1
#define HAVE_REALLOC 1
#define HAVE_FREE 1
#define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#define HAVE_QSORT 1
#define HAVE_ABS 1
#define HAVE_MEMSET 1
#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
#define HAVE_MEMMOVE 1
#define HAVE_MEMCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRLEN 1
#define HAVE__STRREV 1
#define HAVE__STRUPR 1
#define HAVE__STRLWR 1
#define HAVE_STRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRRCHR 1
#define HAVE_STRSTR 1
#define HAVE_ITOA 1
#define HAVE__LTOA 1
#define HAVE__ULTOA 1
#define HAVE_STRTOL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOUL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOLL 1
#define HAVE_STRTOD 1
#define HAVE_ATOI 1
#define HAVE_ATOF 1
#define HAVE_STRCMP 1
#define HAVE_STRNCMP 1
#define HAVE__STRICMP 1
#define HAVE__STRNICMP 1
#define HAVE_SSCANF 1
#define HAVE_M_PI 1
#define HAVE_ATAN 1
#define HAVE_ATAN2 1
#define HAVE_CEIL 1
#define HAVE_COPYSIGN 1
#define HAVE_COS 1
#define HAVE_COSF 1
#define HAVE_FABS 1
#define HAVE_FLOOR 1
#define HAVE_LOG 1
#define HAVE_POW 1
#define HAVE_SCALBN 1
#define HAVE_SIN 1
#define HAVE_SINF 1
#define HAVE_SQRT 1
#else
#define HAVE_STDARG_H 1
#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1
#endif
/* Enable various audio drivers */
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DSOUND 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_XAUDIO2 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_WINMM 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DISK 1
#define SDL_AUDIO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
/* Enable various input drivers */
#define SDL_JOYSTICK_DINPUT 1
#define SDL_HAPTIC_DINPUT 1
/* Enable various shared object loading systems */
#define SDL_LOADSO_WINDOWS 1
/* Enable various threading systems */
#define SDL_THREAD_WINDOWS 1
/* Enable various timer systems */
#define SDL_TIMER_WINDOWS 1
/* Enable various video drivers */
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DUMMY 1
#define SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS 1
#ifndef SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_D3D
#define SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_D3D 1
#endif
/* Enable OpenGL support */
#ifndef SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL
#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL 1
#endif
#ifndef SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL_WGL
#define SDL_VIDEO_OPENGL_WGL 1
#endif
#ifndef SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_OGL
#define SDL_VIDEO_RENDER_OGL 1
#endif
/* Enable system power support */
#define SDL_POWER_WINDOWS 1
/* Enable assembly routines (Win64 doesn't have inline asm) */
#ifndef _WIN64
#define SDL_ASSEMBLY_ROUTINES 1
#endif
#endif /* _SDL_config_windows_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_cpuinfo.h
*
* CPU feature detection for SDL.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_cpuinfo_h
#define _SDL_cpuinfo_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
/* Need to do this here because intrin.h has C++ code in it */
/* Visual Studio 2005 has a bug where intrin.h conflicts with winnt.h */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1500)
#include <intrin.h>
#ifndef _WIN64
#define __MMX__
#define __3dNOW__
#endif
#define __SSE__
#define __SSE2__
#elif defined(__MINGW64_VERSION_MAJOR)
#include <intrin.h>
#else
#ifdef __ALTIVEC__
#if HAVE_ALTIVEC_H && !defined(__APPLE_ALTIVEC__)
#include <altivec.h>
#undef pixel
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __MMX__
#include <mmintrin.h>
#endif
#ifdef __3dNOW__
#include <mm3dnow.h>
#endif
#ifdef __SSE__
#include <xmmintrin.h>
#endif
#ifdef __SSE2__
#include <emmintrin.h>
#endif
#endif
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This is a guess for the cacheline size used for padding.
* Most x86 processors have a 64 byte cache line.
* The 64-bit PowerPC processors have a 128 byte cache line.
* We'll use the larger value to be generally safe.
*/
#define SDL_CACHELINE_SIZE 128
/**
* This function returns the number of CPU cores available.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCount(void);
/**
* This function returns the L1 cache line size of the CPU
*
* This is useful for determining multi-threaded structure padding
* or SIMD prefetch sizes.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCPUCacheLineSize(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has the RDTSC instruction.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasRDTSC(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has AltiVec features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasAltiVec(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has MMX features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasMMX(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has 3DNow! features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_Has3DNow(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE2 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE2(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE3 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE3(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE4.1 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE41(void);
/**
* This function returns true if the CPU has SSE4.2 features.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasSSE42(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_cpuinfo_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_endian.h
*
* Functions for reading and writing endian-specific values
*/
#ifndef _SDL_endian_h
#define _SDL_endian_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
/**
* \name The two types of endianness
*/
/*@{*/
#define SDL_LIL_ENDIAN 1234
#define SDL_BIG_ENDIAN 4321
/*@}*/
#ifndef SDL_BYTEORDER /* Not defined in SDL_config.h? */
#ifdef __linux__
#include <endian.h>
#define SDL_BYTEORDER __BYTE_ORDER
#else /* __linux __ */
#if defined(__hppa__) || \
defined(__m68k__) || defined(mc68000) || defined(_M_M68K) || \
(defined(__MIPS__) && defined(__MISPEB__)) || \
defined(__ppc__) || defined(__POWERPC__) || defined(_M_PPC) || \
defined(__sparc__)
#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_BIG_ENDIAN
#else
#define SDL_BYTEORDER SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#endif
#endif /* __linux __ */
#endif /* !SDL_BYTEORDER */
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_endian.h
*/
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__) && \
!(__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ == 95 /* broken gcc version */)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
__asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0": "=q"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
__asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0": "=Q"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
int result;
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,8,16,23": "=&r"(result):"0"(x >> 8), "r"(x));
return (Uint16)result;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__M68000__) || defined(__M68020__)) && !defined(__mcoldfire__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
__asm__("rorw #8,%0": "=d"(x): "0"(x):"cc");
return x;
}
#else
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint16
SDL_Swap16(Uint16 x)
{
return SDL_static_cast(Uint16, ((x << 8) | (x >> 8)));
}
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
__asm__("bswap %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
__asm__("bswapl %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__powerpc__) || defined(__ppc__))
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
Uint32 result;
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,16,23": "=&r"(result):"0"(x >> 24), "r"(x));
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,8,8,15": "=&r"(result):"0"(result), "r"(x));
__asm__("rlwimi %0,%2,24,0,7": "=&r"(result):"0"(result), "r"(x));
return result;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__M68000__) || defined(__M68020__)) && !defined(__mcoldfire__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
__asm__("rorw #8,%0\n\tswap %0\n\trorw #8,%0": "=d"(x): "0"(x):"cc");
return x;
}
#else
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint32
SDL_Swap32(Uint32 x)
{
return SDL_static_cast(Uint32, ((x << 24) | ((x << 8) & 0x00FF0000) |
((x >> 8) & 0x0000FF00) | (x >> 24)));
}
#endif
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__i386__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
{
union
{
struct
{
Uint32 a, b;
} s;
Uint64 u;
} v;
v.u = x;
__asm__("bswapl %0 ; bswapl %1 ; xchgl %0,%1": "=r"(v.s.a), "=r"(v.s.b):"0"(v.s.a),
"1"(v.s.
b));
return v.u;
}
#elif defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__)
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
{
__asm__("bswapq %0": "=r"(x):"0"(x));
return x;
}
#else
SDL_FORCE_INLINE Uint64
SDL_Swap64(Uint64 x)
{
Uint32 hi, lo;
/* Separate into high and low 32-bit values and swap them */
lo = SDL_static_cast(Uint32, x & 0xFFFFFFFF);
x >>= 32;
hi = SDL_static_cast(Uint32, x & 0xFFFFFFFF);
x = SDL_Swap32(lo);
x <<= 32;
x |= SDL_Swap32(hi);
return (x);
}
#endif
SDL_FORCE_INLINE float
SDL_SwapFloat(float x)
{
union
{
float f;
Uint32 ui32;
} swapper;
swapper.f = x;
swapper.ui32 = SDL_Swap32(swapper.ui32);
return swapper.f;
}
/**
* \name Swap to native
* Byteswap item from the specified endianness to the native endianness.
*/
/*@{*/
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapFloatLE(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
#define SDL_SwapFloatBE(X) SDL_SwapFloat(X)
#else
#define SDL_SwapLE16(X) SDL_Swap16(X)
#define SDL_SwapLE32(X) SDL_Swap32(X)
#define SDL_SwapLE64(X) SDL_Swap64(X)
#define SDL_SwapFloatLE(X) SDL_SwapFloat(X)
#define SDL_SwapBE16(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE32(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapBE64(X) (X)
#define SDL_SwapFloatBE(X) (X)
#endif
/*@}*//*Swap to native*/
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_endian_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_error.h
*
* Simple error message routines for SDL.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_error_h
#define _SDL_error_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Public functions */
/* SDL_SetError() unconditionally returns -1. */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetError(const char *fmt, ...);
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetError(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearError(void);
/**
* \name Internal error functions
*
* \internal
* Private error reporting function - used internally.
*/
/*@{*/
#define SDL_OutOfMemory() SDL_Error(SDL_ENOMEM)
#define SDL_Unsupported() SDL_Error(SDL_UNSUPPORTED)
#define SDL_InvalidParamError(param) SDL_SetError("Parameter '%s' is invalid", (param))
typedef enum
{
SDL_ENOMEM,
SDL_EFREAD,
SDL_EFWRITE,
SDL_EFSEEK,
SDL_UNSUPPORTED,
SDL_LASTERROR
} SDL_errorcode;
/* SDL_Error() unconditionally returns -1. */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_Error(SDL_errorcode code);
/*@}*//*Internal error functions*/
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_error_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_events.h
*
* Include file for SDL event handling.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_events_h
#define _SDL_events_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "SDL_keyboard.h"
#include "SDL_mouse.h"
#include "SDL_joystick.h"
#include "SDL_gamecontroller.h"
#include "SDL_quit.h"
#include "SDL_gesture.h"
#include "SDL_touch.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* General keyboard/mouse state definitions */
#define SDL_RELEASED 0
#define SDL_PRESSED 1
/**
* \brief The types of events that can be delivered.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_FIRSTEVENT = 0, /**< Unused (do not remove) */
/* Application events */
SDL_QUIT = 0x100, /**< User-requested quit */
/* These application events have special meaning on iOS, see README-ios.txt for details */
SDL_APP_TERMINATING, /**< The application is being terminated by the OS
Called on iOS in applicationWillTerminate()
Called on Android in onDestroy()
*/
SDL_APP_LOWMEMORY, /**< The application is low on memory, free memory if possible.
Called on iOS in applicationDidReceiveMemoryWarning()
Called on Android in onLowMemory()
*/
SDL_APP_WILLENTERBACKGROUND, /**< The application is about to enter the background
Called on iOS in applicationWillResignActive()
Called on Android in onPause()
*/
SDL_APP_DIDENTERBACKGROUND, /**< The application did enter the background and may not get CPU for some time
Called on iOS in applicationDidEnterBackground()
Called on Android in onPause()
*/
SDL_APP_WILLENTERFOREGROUND, /**< The application is about to enter the foreground
Called on iOS in applicationWillEnterForeground()
Called on Android in onResume()
*/
SDL_APP_DIDENTERFOREGROUND, /**< The application is now interactive
Called on iOS in applicationDidBecomeActive()
Called on Android in onResume()
*/
/* Window events */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT = 0x200, /**< Window state change */
SDL_SYSWMEVENT, /**< System specific event */
/* Keyboard events */
SDL_KEYDOWN = 0x300, /**< Key pressed */
SDL_KEYUP, /**< Key released */
SDL_TEXTEDITING, /**< Keyboard text editing (composition) */
SDL_TEXTINPUT, /**< Keyboard text input */
/* Mouse events */
SDL_MOUSEMOTION = 0x400, /**< Mouse moved */
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN, /**< Mouse button pressed */
SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP, /**< Mouse button released */
SDL_MOUSEWHEEL, /**< Mouse wheel motion */
/* Joystick events */
SDL_JOYAXISMOTION = 0x600, /**< Joystick axis motion */
SDL_JOYBALLMOTION, /**< Joystick trackball motion */
SDL_JOYHATMOTION, /**< Joystick hat position change */
SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN, /**< Joystick button pressed */
SDL_JOYBUTTONUP, /**< Joystick button released */
SDL_JOYDEVICEADDED, /**< A new joystick has been inserted into the system */
SDL_JOYDEVICEREMOVED, /**< An opened joystick has been removed */
/* Game controller events */
SDL_CONTROLLERAXISMOTION = 0x650, /**< Game controller axis motion */
SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONDOWN, /**< Game controller button pressed */
SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONUP, /**< Game controller button released */
SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEADDED, /**< A new Game controller has been inserted into the system */
SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMOVED, /**< An opened Game controller has been removed */
SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMAPPED, /**< The controller mapping was updated */
/* Touch events */
SDL_FINGERDOWN = 0x700,
SDL_FINGERUP,
SDL_FINGERMOTION,
/* Gesture events */
SDL_DOLLARGESTURE = 0x800,
SDL_DOLLARRECORD,
SDL_MULTIGESTURE,
/* Clipboard events */
SDL_CLIPBOARDUPDATE = 0x900, /**< The clipboard changed */
/* Drag and drop events */
SDL_DROPFILE = 0x1000, /**< The system requests a file open */
/** Events ::SDL_USEREVENT through ::SDL_LASTEVENT are for your use,
* and should be allocated with SDL_RegisterEvents()
*/
SDL_USEREVENT = 0x8000,
/**
* This last event is only for bounding internal arrays
*/
SDL_LASTEVENT = 0xFFFF
} SDL_EventType;
/**
* \brief Fields shared by every event
*/
typedef struct SDL_CommonEvent
{
Uint32 type;
Uint32 timestamp;
} SDL_CommonEvent;
/**
* \brief Window state change event data (event.window.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_WindowEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_WINDOWEVENT */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The associated window */
Uint8 event; /**< ::SDL_WindowEventID */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
Sint32 data1; /**< event dependent data */
Sint32 data2; /**< event dependent data */
} SDL_WindowEvent;
/**
* \brief Keyboard button event structure (event.key.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_KeyboardEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_KEYDOWN or ::SDL_KEYUP */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with keyboard focus, if any */
Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
Uint8 repeat; /**< Non-zero if this is a key repeat */
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
SDL_Keysym keysym; /**< The key that was pressed or released */
} SDL_KeyboardEvent;
#define SDL_TEXTEDITINGEVENT_TEXT_SIZE (32)
/**
* \brief Keyboard text editing event structure (event.edit.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_TextEditingEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_TEXTEDITING */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with keyboard focus, if any */
char text[SDL_TEXTEDITINGEVENT_TEXT_SIZE]; /**< The editing text */
Sint32 start; /**< The start cursor of selected editing text */
Sint32 length; /**< The length of selected editing text */
} SDL_TextEditingEvent;
#define SDL_TEXTINPUTEVENT_TEXT_SIZE (32)
/**
* \brief Keyboard text input event structure (event.text.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_TextInputEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_TEXTINPUT */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with keyboard focus, if any */
char text[SDL_TEXTINPUTEVENT_TEXT_SIZE]; /**< The input text */
} SDL_TextInputEvent;
/**
* \brief Mouse motion event structure (event.motion.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_MouseMotionEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MOUSEMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with mouse focus, if any */
Uint32 which; /**< The mouse instance id, or SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID */
Uint32 state; /**< The current button state */
Sint32 x; /**< X coordinate, relative to window */
Sint32 y; /**< Y coordinate, relative to window */
Sint32 xrel; /**< The relative motion in the X direction */
Sint32 yrel; /**< The relative motion in the Y direction */
} SDL_MouseMotionEvent;
/**
* \brief Mouse button event structure (event.button.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_MouseButtonEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MOUSEBUTTONDOWN or ::SDL_MOUSEBUTTONUP */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with mouse focus, if any */
Uint32 which; /**< The mouse instance id, or SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID */
Uint8 button; /**< The mouse button index */
Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Sint32 x; /**< X coordinate, relative to window */
Sint32 y; /**< Y coordinate, relative to window */
} SDL_MouseButtonEvent;
/**
* \brief Mouse wheel event structure (event.wheel.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_MouseWheelEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MOUSEWHEEL */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The window with mouse focus, if any */
Uint32 which; /**< The mouse instance id, or SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID */
Sint32 x; /**< The amount scrolled horizontally */
Sint32 y; /**< The amount scrolled vertically */
} SDL_MouseWheelEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick axis motion event structure (event.jaxis.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyAxisEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYAXISMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 axis; /**< The joystick axis index */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
Sint16 value; /**< The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767) */
Uint16 padding4;
} SDL_JoyAxisEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick trackball motion event structure (event.jball.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyBallEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYBALLMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 ball; /**< The joystick trackball index */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
Sint16 xrel; /**< The relative motion in the X direction */
Sint16 yrel; /**< The relative motion in the Y direction */
} SDL_JoyBallEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick hat position change event structure (event.jhat.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyHatEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYHATMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 hat; /**< The joystick hat index */
Uint8 value; /**< The hat position value.
* \sa ::SDL_HAT_LEFTUP ::SDL_HAT_UP ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP
* \sa ::SDL_HAT_LEFT ::SDL_HAT_CENTERED ::SDL_HAT_RIGHT
* \sa ::SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN ::SDL_HAT_DOWN ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN
*
* Note that zero means the POV is centered.
*/
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
} SDL_JoyHatEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick button event structure (event.jbutton.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyButtonEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYBUTTONDOWN or ::SDL_JOYBUTTONUP */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 button; /**< The joystick button index */
Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
} SDL_JoyButtonEvent;
/**
* \brief Joystick device event structure (event.jdevice.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_JoyDeviceEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_JOYDEVICEADDED or ::SDL_JOYDEVICEREMOVED */
Uint32 timestamp;
Sint32 which; /**< The joystick device index for the ADDED event, instance id for the REMOVED event */
} SDL_JoyDeviceEvent;
/**
* \brief Game controller axis motion event structure (event.caxis.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_ControllerAxisEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERAXISMOTION */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 axis; /**< The controller axis (SDL_GameControllerAxis) */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
Uint8 padding3;
Sint16 value; /**< The axis value (range: -32768 to 32767) */
Uint16 padding4;
} SDL_ControllerAxisEvent;
/**
* \brief Game controller button event structure (event.cbutton.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_ControllerButtonEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONDOWN or ::SDL_CONTROLLERBUTTONUP */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_JoystickID which; /**< The joystick instance id */
Uint8 button; /**< The controller button (SDL_GameControllerButton) */
Uint8 state; /**< ::SDL_PRESSED or ::SDL_RELEASED */
Uint8 padding1;
Uint8 padding2;
} SDL_ControllerButtonEvent;
/**
* \brief Controller device event structure (event.cdevice.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEADDED, ::SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMOVED, or ::SDL_CONTROLLERDEVICEREMAPPED */
Uint32 timestamp;
Sint32 which; /**< The joystick device index for the ADDED event, instance id for the REMOVED or REMAPPED event */
} SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent;
/**
* \brief Touch finger event structure (event.tfinger.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_TouchFingerEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_FINGERMOTION or ::SDL_FINGERDOWN or ::SDL_FINGERUP */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_TouchID touchId; /**< The touch device id */
SDL_FingerID fingerId;
float x; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
float y; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
float dx; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
float dy; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
float pressure; /**< Normalized in the range 0...1 */
} SDL_TouchFingerEvent;
/**
* \brief Multiple Finger Gesture Event (event.mgesture.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_MultiGestureEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_MULTIGESTURE */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_TouchID touchId; /**< The touch device index */
float dTheta;
float dDist;
float x;
float y;
Uint16 numFingers;
Uint16 padding;
} SDL_MultiGestureEvent;
/**
* \brief Dollar Gesture Event (event.dgesture.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_DollarGestureEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_DOLLARGESTURE */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_TouchID touchId; /**< The touch device id */
SDL_GestureID gestureId;
Uint32 numFingers;
float error;
float x; /**< Normalized center of gesture */
float y; /**< Normalized center of gesture */
} SDL_DollarGestureEvent;
/**
* \brief An event used to request a file open by the system (event.drop.*)
* This event is disabled by default, you can enable it with SDL_EventState()
* \note If you enable this event, you must free the filename in the event.
*/
typedef struct SDL_DropEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_DROPFILE */
Uint32 timestamp;
char *file; /**< The file name, which should be freed with SDL_free() */
} SDL_DropEvent;
/**
* \brief The "quit requested" event
*/
typedef struct SDL_QuitEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_QUIT */
Uint32 timestamp;
} SDL_QuitEvent;
/**
* \brief OS Specific event
*/
typedef struct SDL_OSEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_QUIT */
Uint32 timestamp;
} SDL_OSEvent;
/**
* \brief A user-defined event type (event.user.*)
*/
typedef struct SDL_UserEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_USEREVENT through ::SDL_LASTEVENT-1 */
Uint32 timestamp;
Uint32 windowID; /**< The associated window if any */
Sint32 code; /**< User defined event code */
void *data1; /**< User defined data pointer */
void *data2; /**< User defined data pointer */
} SDL_UserEvent;
struct SDL_SysWMmsg;
typedef struct SDL_SysWMmsg SDL_SysWMmsg;
/**
* \brief A video driver dependent system event (event.syswm.*)
* This event is disabled by default, you can enable it with SDL_EventState()
*
* \note If you want to use this event, you should include SDL_syswm.h.
*/
typedef struct SDL_SysWMEvent
{
Uint32 type; /**< ::SDL_SYSWMEVENT */
Uint32 timestamp;
SDL_SysWMmsg *msg; /**< driver dependent data, defined in SDL_syswm.h */
} SDL_SysWMEvent;
/**
* \brief General event structure
*/
typedef union SDL_Event
{
Uint32 type; /**< Event type, shared with all events */
SDL_CommonEvent common; /**< Common event data */
SDL_WindowEvent window; /**< Window event data */
SDL_KeyboardEvent key; /**< Keyboard event data */
SDL_TextEditingEvent edit; /**< Text editing event data */
SDL_TextInputEvent text; /**< Text input event data */
SDL_MouseMotionEvent motion; /**< Mouse motion event data */
SDL_MouseButtonEvent button; /**< Mouse button event data */
SDL_MouseWheelEvent wheel; /**< Mouse wheel event data */
SDL_JoyAxisEvent jaxis; /**< Joystick axis event data */
SDL_JoyBallEvent jball; /**< Joystick ball event data */
SDL_JoyHatEvent jhat; /**< Joystick hat event data */
SDL_JoyButtonEvent jbutton; /**< Joystick button event data */
SDL_JoyDeviceEvent jdevice; /**< Joystick device change event data */
SDL_ControllerAxisEvent caxis; /**< Game Controller axis event data */
SDL_ControllerButtonEvent cbutton; /**< Game Controller button event data */
SDL_ControllerDeviceEvent cdevice; /**< Game Controller device event data */
SDL_QuitEvent quit; /**< Quit request event data */
SDL_UserEvent user; /**< Custom event data */
SDL_SysWMEvent syswm; /**< System dependent window event data */
SDL_TouchFingerEvent tfinger; /**< Touch finger event data */
SDL_MultiGestureEvent mgesture; /**< Gesture event data */
SDL_DollarGestureEvent dgesture; /**< Gesture event data */
SDL_DropEvent drop; /**< Drag and drop event data */
/* This is necessary for ABI compatibility between Visual C++ and GCC
Visual C++ will respect the push pack pragma and use 52 bytes for
this structure, and GCC will use the alignment of the largest datatype
within the union, which is 8 bytes.
So... we'll add padding to force the size to be 56 bytes for both.
*/
Uint8 padding[56];
} SDL_Event;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* Pumps the event loop, gathering events from the input devices.
*
* This function updates the event queue and internal input device state.
*
* This should only be run in the thread that sets the video mode.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_PumpEvents(void);
/*@{*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_ADDEVENT,
SDL_PEEKEVENT,
SDL_GETEVENT
} SDL_eventaction;
/**
* Checks the event queue for messages and optionally returns them.
*
* If \c action is ::SDL_ADDEVENT, up to \c numevents events will be added to
* the back of the event queue.
*
* If \c action is ::SDL_PEEKEVENT, up to \c numevents events at the front
* of the event queue, within the specified minimum and maximum type,
* will be returned and will not be removed from the queue.
*
* If \c action is ::SDL_GETEVENT, up to \c numevents events at the front
* of the event queue, within the specified minimum and maximum type,
* will be returned and will be removed from the queue.
*
* \return The number of events actually stored, or -1 if there was an error.
*
* This function is thread-safe.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PeepEvents(SDL_Event * events, int numevents,
SDL_eventaction action,
Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
/*@}*/
/**
* Checks to see if certain event types are in the event queue.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasEvent(Uint32 type);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasEvents(Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
/**
* This function clears events from the event queue
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FlushEvent(Uint32 type);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FlushEvents(Uint32 minType, Uint32 maxType);
/**
* \brief Polls for currently pending events.
*
* \return 1 if there are any pending events, or 0 if there are none available.
*
* \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
* stored in that area.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PollEvent(SDL_Event * event);
/**
* \brief Waits indefinitely for the next available event.
*
* \return 1, or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events.
*
* \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
* stored in that area.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEvent(SDL_Event * event);
/**
* \brief Waits until the specified timeout (in milliseconds) for the next
* available event.
*
* \return 1, or 0 if there was an error while waiting for events.
*
* \param event If not NULL, the next event is removed from the queue and
* stored in that area.
* \param timeout The timeout (in milliseconds) to wait for next event.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_WaitEventTimeout(SDL_Event * event,
int timeout);
/**
* \brief Add an event to the event queue.
*
* \return 1 on success, 0 if the event was filtered, or -1 if the event queue
* was full or there was some other error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_PushEvent(SDL_Event * event);
typedef int (SDLCALL * SDL_EventFilter) (void *userdata, SDL_Event * event);
/**
* Sets up a filter to process all events before they change internal state and
* are posted to the internal event queue.
*
* The filter is prototyped as:
* \code
* int SDL_EventFilter(void *userdata, SDL_Event * event);
* \endcode
*
* If the filter returns 1, then the event will be added to the internal queue.
* If it returns 0, then the event will be dropped from the queue, but the
* internal state will still be updated. This allows selective filtering of
* dynamically arriving events.
*
* \warning Be very careful of what you do in the event filter function, as
* it may run in a different thread!
*
* There is one caveat when dealing with the ::SDL_QuitEvent event type. The
* event filter is only called when the window manager desires to close the
* application window. If the event filter returns 1, then the window will
* be closed, otherwise the window will remain open if possible.
*
* If the quit event is generated by an interrupt signal, it will bypass the
* internal queue and be delivered to the application at the next event poll.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter filter,
void *userdata);
/**
* Return the current event filter - can be used to "chain" filters.
* If there is no event filter set, this function returns SDL_FALSE.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetEventFilter(SDL_EventFilter * filter,
void **userdata);
/**
* Add a function which is called when an event is added to the queue.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AddEventWatch(SDL_EventFilter filter,
void *userdata);
/**
* Remove an event watch function added with SDL_AddEventWatch()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DelEventWatch(SDL_EventFilter filter,
void *userdata);
/**
* Run the filter function on the current event queue, removing any
* events for which the filter returns 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FilterEvents(SDL_EventFilter filter,
void *userdata);
/*@{*/
#define SDL_QUERY -1
#define SDL_IGNORE 0
#define SDL_DISABLE 0
#define SDL_ENABLE 1
/**
* This function allows you to set the state of processing certain events.
* - If \c state is set to ::SDL_IGNORE, that event will be automatically
* dropped from the event queue and will not event be filtered.
* - If \c state is set to ::SDL_ENABLE, that event will be processed
* normally.
* - If \c state is set to ::SDL_QUERY, SDL_EventState() will return the
* current processing state of the specified event.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_EventState(Uint32 type, int state);
/*@}*/
#define SDL_GetEventState(type) SDL_EventState(type, SDL_QUERY)
/**
* This function allocates a set of user-defined events, and returns
* the beginning event number for that set of events.
*
* If there aren't enough user-defined events left, this function
* returns (Uint32)-1
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_RegisterEvents(int numevents);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_events_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_gamecontroller.h
*
* Include file for SDL game controller event handling
*/
#ifndef _SDL_gamecontroller_h
#define _SDL_gamecontroller_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_joystick.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_gamecontroller.h
*
* In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
* with the ::SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK flag. This causes SDL to scan the system
* for game controllers, and load appropriate drivers.
*
* If you would like to receive controller updates while the application
* is in the background, you should set the following hint before calling
* SDL_Init(): SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS
*/
/* The gamecontroller structure used to identify an SDL game controller */
struct _SDL_GameController;
typedef struct _SDL_GameController SDL_GameController;
typedef enum
{
SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_NONE = 0,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_BUTTON,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_AXIS,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BINDTYPE_HAT
} SDL_GameControllerBindType;
/**
* Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button/axis mapping
*/
typedef struct SDL_GameControllerButtonBind
{
SDL_GameControllerBindType bindType;
union
{
int button;
int axis;
struct {
int hat;
int hat_mask;
} hat;
} value;
} SDL_GameControllerButtonBind;
/**
* To count the number of game controllers in the system for the following:
* int nJoysticks = SDL_NumJoysticks();
* int nGameControllers = 0;
* for ( int i = 0; i < nJoysticks; i++ ) {
* if ( SDL_IsGameController(i) ) {
* nGameControllers++;
* }
* }
*
* Using the SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG hint or the SDL_GameControllerAddMapping you can add support for controllers SDL is unaware of or cause an existing controller to have a different binding. The format is:
* guid,name,mappings
*
* Where GUID is the string value from SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(), name is the human readable string for the device and mappings are controller mappings to joystick ones.
* Under Windows there is a reserved GUID of "xinput" that covers any XInput devices.
* The mapping format for joystick is:
* bX - a joystick button, index X
* hX.Y - hat X with value Y
* aX - axis X of the joystick
* Buttons can be used as a controller axis and vice versa.
*
* This string shows an example of a valid mapping for a controller
* "341a3608000000000000504944564944,Afterglow PS3 Controller,a:b1,b:b2,y:b3,x:b0,start:b9,guide:b12,back:b8,dpup:h0.1,dpleft:h0.8,dpdown:h0.4,dpright:h0.2,leftshoulder:b4,rightshoulder:b5,leftstick:b10,rightstick:b11,leftx:a0,lefty:a1,rightx:a2,righty:a3,lefttrigger:b6,righttrigger:b7",
*
*/
/**
* Add or update an existing mapping configuration
*
* \return 1 if mapping is added, 0 if updated, -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerAddMapping( const char* mappingString );
/**
* Get a mapping string for a GUID
*
* \return the mapping string. Must be freed with SDL_free. Returns NULL if no mapping is available
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID( SDL_JoystickGUID guid );
/**
* Get a mapping string for an open GameController
*
* \return the mapping string. Must be freed with SDL_free. Returns NULL if no mapping is available
*/
extern DECLSPEC char * SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerMapping( SDL_GameController * gamecontroller );
/**
* Is the joystick on this index supported by the game controller interface?
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsGameController(int joystick_index);
/**
* Get the implementation dependent name of a game controller.
* This can be called before any controllers are opened.
* If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerNameForIndex(int joystick_index);
/**
* Open a game controller for use.
* The index passed as an argument refers to the N'th game controller on the system.
* This index is the value which will identify this controller in future controller
* events.
*
* \return A controller identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameController *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerOpen(int joystick_index);
/**
* Return the name for this currently opened controller
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerName(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
/**
* Returns SDL_TRUE if the controller has been opened and currently connected,
* or SDL_FALSE if it has not.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAttached(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
/**
* Get the underlying joystick object used by a controller
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetJoystick(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
/**
* Enable/disable controller event polling.
*
* If controller events are disabled, you must call SDL_GameControllerUpdate()
* yourself and check the state of the controller when you want controller
* information.
*
* The state can be one of ::SDL_QUERY, ::SDL_ENABLE or ::SDL_IGNORE.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerEventState(int state);
/**
* Update the current state of the open game controllers.
*
* This is called automatically by the event loop if any game controller
* events are enabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerUpdate(void);
/**
* The list of axes available from a controller
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_INVALID = -1,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTX,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_LEFTY,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTX,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_RIGHTY,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERLEFT,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_TRIGGERRIGHT,
SDL_CONTROLLER_AXIS_MAX
} SDL_GameControllerAxis;
/**
* turn this string into a axis mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerAxis SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetAxisFromString(const char *pchString);
/**
* turn this axis enum into a string mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForAxis(SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
/**
* Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
SDL_GameControllerGetBindForAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
/**
* Get the current state of an axis control on a game controller.
*
* The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
*
* The axis indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL
SDL_GameControllerGetAxis(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
SDL_GameControllerAxis axis);
/**
* The list of buttons available from a controller
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_INVALID = -1,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_A,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_B,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_X,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_Y,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_BACK,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_GUIDE,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_START,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSTICK,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSTICK,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_LEFTSHOULDER,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_RIGHTSHOULDER,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_UP,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_DOWN,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_LEFT,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_DPAD_RIGHT,
SDL_CONTROLLER_BUTTON_MAX
} SDL_GameControllerButton;
/**
* turn this string into a button mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButton SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButtonFromString(const char *pchString);
/**
* turn this button enum into a string mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetStringForButton(SDL_GameControllerButton button);
/**
* Get the SDL joystick layer binding for this controller button mapping
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GameControllerButtonBind SDLCALL
SDL_GameControllerGetBindForButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
SDL_GameControllerButton button);
/**
* Get the current state of a button on a game controller.
*
* The button indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerGetButton(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller,
SDL_GameControllerButton button);
/**
* Close a controller previously opened with SDL_GameControllerOpen().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GameControllerClose(SDL_GameController *gamecontroller);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_gamecontroller_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_gesture.h
*
* Include file for SDL gesture event handling.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_gesture_h
#define _SDL_gesture_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "SDL_touch.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef Sint64 SDL_GestureID;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Begin Recording a gesture on the specified touch, or all touches (-1)
*
*
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RecordGesture(SDL_TouchID touchId);
/**
* \brief Save all currently loaded Dollar Gesture templates
*
*
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveAllDollarTemplates(SDL_RWops *src);
/**
* \brief Save a currently loaded Dollar Gesture template
*
*
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveDollarTemplate(SDL_GestureID gestureId,SDL_RWops *src);
/**
* \brief Load Dollar Gesture templates from a file
*
*
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LoadDollarTemplates(SDL_TouchID touchId, SDL_RWops *src);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_gesture_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_hints.h
*
* Official documentation for SDL configuration variables
*
* This file contains functions to set and get configuration hints,
* as well as listing each of them alphabetically.
*
* The convention for naming hints is SDL_HINT_X, where "SDL_X" is
* the environment variable that can be used to override the default.
*
* In general these hints are just that - they may or may not be
* supported or applicable on any given platform, but they provide
* a way for an application or user to give the library a hint as
* to how they would like the library to work.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_hints_h
#define _SDL_hints_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief A variable controlling how 3D acceleration is used to accelerate the SDL screen surface.
*
* SDL can try to accelerate the SDL screen surface by using streaming
* textures with a 3D rendering engine. This variable controls whether and
* how this is done.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable 3D acceleration
* "1" - Enable 3D acceleration, using the default renderer.
* "X" - Enable 3D acceleration, using X where X is one of the valid rendering drivers. (e.g. "direct3d", "opengl", etc.)
*
* By default SDL tries to make a best guess for each platform whether
* to use acceleration or not.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_FRAMEBUFFER_ACCELERATION "SDL_FRAMEBUFFER_ACCELERATION"
/**
* \brief A variable specifying which render driver to use.
*
* If the application doesn't pick a specific renderer to use, this variable
* specifies the name of the preferred renderer. If the preferred renderer
* can't be initialized, the normal default renderer is used.
*
* This variable is case insensitive and can be set to the following values:
* "direct3d"
* "opengl"
* "opengles2"
* "opengles"
* "software"
*
* The default varies by platform, but it's the first one in the list that
* is available on the current platform.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_DRIVER "SDL_RENDER_DRIVER"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the OpenGL render driver uses shaders if they are available.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable shaders
* "1" - Enable shaders
*
* By default shaders are used if OpenGL supports them.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_OPENGL_SHADERS "SDL_RENDER_OPENGL_SHADERS"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling the scaling quality
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" or "nearest" - Nearest pixel sampling
* "1" or "linear" - Linear filtering (supported by OpenGL and Direct3D)
* "2" or "best" - Anisotropic filtering (supported by Direct3D)
*
* By default nearest pixel sampling is used
*/
#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_SCALE_QUALITY "SDL_RENDER_SCALE_QUALITY"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether updates to the SDL screen surface should be synchronized with the vertical refresh, to avoid tearing.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable vsync
* "1" - Enable vsync
*
* By default SDL does not sync screen surface updates with vertical refresh.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_RENDER_VSYNC "SDL_RENDER_VSYNC"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the X11 VidMode extension should be used.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable XVidMode
* "1" - Enable XVidMode
*
* By default SDL will use XVidMode if it is available.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XVIDMODE "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XVIDMODE"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the X11 Xinerama extension should be used.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable Xinerama
* "1" - Enable Xinerama
*
* By default SDL will use Xinerama if it is available.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XINERAMA "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XINERAMA"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the X11 XRandR extension should be used.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable XRandR
* "1" - Enable XRandR
*
* By default SDL will not use XRandR because of window manager issues.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_X11_XRANDR "SDL_VIDEO_X11_XRANDR"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether grabbing input grabs the keyboard
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Grab will affect only the mouse
* "1" - Grab will affect mouse and keyboard
*
* By default SDL will not grab the keyboard so system shortcuts still work.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_GRAB_KEYBOARD "SDL_GRAB_KEYBOARD"
/**
* \brief Minimize your SDL_Window if it loses key focus when in Fullscreen mode. Defaults to true.
*
*/
#define SDL_HINT_VIDEO_MINIMIZE_ON_FOCUS_LOSS "SDL_VIDEO_MINIMIZE_ON_FOCUS_LOSS"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling whether the idle timer is disabled on iOS.
*
* When an iOS app does not receive touches for some time, the screen is
* dimmed automatically. For games where the accelerometer is the only input
* this is problematic. This functionality can be disabled by setting this
* hint.
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Enable idle timer
* "1" - Disable idle timer
*/
#define SDL_HINT_IDLE_TIMER_DISABLED "SDL_IOS_IDLE_TIMER_DISABLED"
/**
* \brief A variable controlling which orientations are allowed on iOS.
*
* In some circumstances it is necessary to be able to explicitly control
* which UI orientations are allowed.
*
* This variable is a space delimited list of the following values:
* "LandscapeLeft", "LandscapeRight", "Portrait" "PortraitUpsideDown"
*/
#define SDL_HINT_ORIENTATIONS "SDL_IOS_ORIENTATIONS"
/**
* \brief A variable that lets you disable the detection and use of Xinput gamepad devices
*
* The variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable XInput timer (only uses direct input)
* "1" - Enable XInput timer (the default)
*/
#define SDL_HINT_XINPUT_ENABLED "SDL_XINPUT_ENABLED"
/**
* \brief A variable that lets you manually hint extra gamecontroller db entries
*
* The variable should be newline delimited rows of gamecontroller config data, see SDL_gamecontroller.h
*
* This hint must be set before calling SDL_Init(SDL_INIT_GAMECONTROLLER)
* You can update mappings after the system is initialized with SDL_GameControllerMappingForGUID() and SDL_GameControllerAddMapping()
*/
#define SDL_HINT_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG "SDL_GAMECONTROLLERCONFIG"
/**
* \brief A variable that lets you enable joystick (and gamecontroller) events even when your app is in the background.
*
* The variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - Disable joystick & gamecontroller input events when the
* application is in the background.
* "1" - Enable joystick & gamecontroller input events when the
* application is in the backgroumd.
*
* The default value is "0". This hint may be set at any time.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS "SDL_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS"
/**
* \brief If set to 0 then never set the top most bit on a SDL Window, even if the video mode expects it.
* This is a debugging aid for developers and not expected to be used by end users. The default is "1"
*
* This variable can be set to the following values:
* "0" - don't allow topmost
* "1" - allow topmost
*/
#define SDL_HINT_ALLOW_TOPMOST "SDL_ALLOW_TOPMOST"
/**
* \brief A variable that controls the timer resolution, in milliseconds.
*
* The higher resolution the timer, the more frequently the CPU services
* timer interrupts, and the more precise delays are, but this takes up
* power and CPU time. This hint is only used on Windows 7 and earlier.
*
* See this blog post for more information:
* http://randomascii.wordpress.com/2013/07/08/windows-timer-resolution-megawatts-wasted/
*
* If this variable is set to "0", the system timer resolution is not set.
*
* The default value is "1". This hint may be set at any time.
*/
#define SDL_HINT_TIMER_RESOLUTION "SDL_TIMER_RESOLUTION"
/**
* \brief An enumeration of hint priorities
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_HINT_DEFAULT,
SDL_HINT_NORMAL,
SDL_HINT_OVERRIDE
} SDL_HintPriority;
/**
* \brief Set a hint with a specific priority
*
* The priority controls the behavior when setting a hint that already
* has a value. Hints will replace existing hints of their priority and
* lower. Environment variables are considered to have override priority.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetHintWithPriority(const char *name,
const char *value,
SDL_HintPriority priority);
/**
* \brief Set a hint with normal priority
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the hint was set, SDL_FALSE otherwise
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetHint(const char *name,
const char *value);
/**
* \brief Get a hint
*
* \return The string value of a hint variable.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetHint(const char *name);
/**
* \brief Add a function to watch a particular hint
*
* \param name The hint to watch
* \param callback The function to call when the hint value changes
* \param userdata A pointer to pass to the callback function
*/
typedef void (*SDL_HintCallback)(void *userdata, const char *name, const char *oldValue, const char *newValue);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_AddHintCallback(const char *name,
SDL_HintCallback callback,
void *userdata);
/**
* \brief Remove a function watching a particular hint
*
* \param name The hint being watched
* \param callback The function being called when the hint value changes
* \param userdata A pointer being passed to the callback function
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DelHintCallback(const char *name,
SDL_HintCallback callback,
void *userdata);
/**
* \brief Clear all hints
*
* This function is called during SDL_Quit() to free stored hints.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ClearHints(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_hints_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,253 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_joystick.h
*
* Include file for SDL joystick event handling
*
* The term "device_index" identifies currently plugged in joystick devices between 0 and SDL_NumJoysticks, with the exact joystick
* behind a device_index changing as joysticks are plugged and unplugged.
*
* The term "instance_id" is the current instantiation of a joystick device in the system, if the joystick is removed and then re-inserted
* then it will get a new instance_id, instance_id's are monotonically increasing identifiers of a joystick plugged in.
*
* The term JoystickGUID is a stable 128-bit identifier for a joystick device that does not change over time, it identifies class of
* the device (a X360 wired controller for example). This identifier is platform dependent.
*
*
*/
#ifndef _SDL_joystick_h
#define _SDL_joystick_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_joystick.h
*
* In order to use these functions, SDL_Init() must have been called
* with the ::SDL_INIT_JOYSTICK flag. This causes SDL to scan the system
* for joysticks, and load appropriate drivers.
*
* If you would like to receive joystick updates while the application
* is in the background, you should set the following hint before calling
* SDL_Init(): SDL_HINT_JOYSTICK_ALLOW_BACKGROUND_EVENTS
*/
/* The joystick structure used to identify an SDL joystick */
struct _SDL_Joystick;
typedef struct _SDL_Joystick SDL_Joystick;
/* A structure that encodes the stable unique id for a joystick device */
typedef struct {
Uint8 data[16];
} SDL_JoystickGUID;
typedef Sint32 SDL_JoystickID;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* Count the number of joysticks attached to the system right now
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_NumJoysticks(void);
/**
* Get the implementation dependent name of a joystick.
* This can be called before any joysticks are opened.
* If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNameForIndex(int device_index);
/**
* Open a joystick for use.
* The index passed as an argument refers tothe N'th joystick on the system.
* This index is the value which will identify this joystick in future joystick
* events.
*
* \return A joystick identifier, or NULL if an error occurred.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Joystick *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickOpen(int device_index);
/**
* Return the name for this currently opened joystick.
* If no name can be found, this function returns NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_JoystickName(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Return the GUID for the joystick at this index
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetDeviceGUID(int device_index);
/**
* Return the GUID for this opened joystick
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUID(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Return a string representation for this guid. pszGUID must point to at least 33 bytes
* (32 for the string plus a NULL terminator).
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_JoystickGetGUIDString(SDL_JoystickGUID guid, char *pszGUID, int cbGUID);
/**
* convert a string into a joystick formatted guid
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickGUID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetGUIDFromString(const char *pchGUID);
/**
* Returns SDL_TRUE if the joystick has been opened and currently connected, or SDL_FALSE if it has not.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAttached(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the instance ID of an opened joystick or -1 if the joystick is invalid.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_JoystickID SDLCALL SDL_JoystickInstanceID(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the number of general axis controls on a joystick.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumAxes(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the number of trackballs on a joystick.
*
* Joystick trackballs have only relative motion events associated
* with them and their state cannot be polled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumBalls(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the number of POV hats on a joystick.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumHats(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Get the number of buttons on a joystick.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickNumButtons(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/**
* Update the current state of the open joysticks.
*
* This is called automatically by the event loop if any joystick
* events are enabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickUpdate(void);
/**
* Enable/disable joystick event polling.
*
* If joystick events are disabled, you must call SDL_JoystickUpdate()
* yourself and check the state of the joystick when you want joystick
* information.
*
* The state can be one of ::SDL_QUERY, ::SDL_ENABLE or ::SDL_IGNORE.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickEventState(int state);
/**
* Get the current state of an axis control on a joystick.
*
* The state is a value ranging from -32768 to 32767.
*
* The axis indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Sint16 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetAxis(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
int axis);
/**
* \name Hat positions
*/
/*@{*/
#define SDL_HAT_CENTERED 0x00
#define SDL_HAT_UP 0x01
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHT 0x02
#define SDL_HAT_DOWN 0x04
#define SDL_HAT_LEFT 0x08
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_UP)
#define SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN (SDL_HAT_RIGHT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
#define SDL_HAT_LEFTUP (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_UP)
#define SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN (SDL_HAT_LEFT|SDL_HAT_DOWN)
/*@}*/
/**
* Get the current state of a POV hat on a joystick.
*
* The hat indices start at index 0.
*
* \return The return value is one of the following positions:
* - ::SDL_HAT_CENTERED
* - ::SDL_HAT_UP
* - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHT
* - ::SDL_HAT_DOWN
* - ::SDL_HAT_LEFT
* - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTUP
* - ::SDL_HAT_RIGHTDOWN
* - ::SDL_HAT_LEFTUP
* - ::SDL_HAT_LEFTDOWN
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetHat(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
int hat);
/**
* Get the ball axis change since the last poll.
*
* \return 0, or -1 if you passed it invalid parameters.
*
* The ball indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetBall(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
int ball, int *dx, int *dy);
/**
* Get the current state of a button on a joystick.
*
* The button indices start at index 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_JoystickGetButton(SDL_Joystick * joystick,
int button);
/**
* Close a joystick previously opened with SDL_JoystickOpen().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_JoystickClose(SDL_Joystick * joystick);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_joystick_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,217 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_keyboard.h
*
* Include file for SDL keyboard event handling
*/
#ifndef _SDL_keyboard_h
#define _SDL_keyboard_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_keycode.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief The SDL keysym structure, used in key events.
*
* \note If you are looking for translated character input, see the ::SDL_TEXTINPUT event.
*/
typedef struct SDL_Keysym
{
SDL_Scancode scancode; /**< SDL physical key code - see ::SDL_Scancode for details */
SDL_Keycode sym; /**< SDL virtual key code - see ::SDL_Keycode for details */
Uint16 mod; /**< current key modifiers */
Uint32 unused;
} SDL_Keysym;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Get the window which currently has keyboard focus.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyboardFocus(void);
/**
* \brief Get a snapshot of the current state of the keyboard.
*
* \param numkeys if non-NULL, receives the length of the returned array.
*
* \return An array of key states. Indexes into this array are obtained by using ::SDL_Scancode values.
*
* \b Example:
* \code
* const Uint8 *state = SDL_GetKeyboardState(NULL);
* if ( state[SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN] ) {
* printf("<RETURN> is pressed.\n");
* }
* \endcode
*/
extern DECLSPEC const Uint8 *SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyboardState(int *numkeys);
/**
* \brief Get the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keymod SDLCALL SDL_GetModState(void);
/**
* \brief Set the current key modifier state for the keyboard.
*
* \note This does not change the keyboard state, only the key modifier flags.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetModState(SDL_Keymod modstate);
/**
* \brief Get the key code corresponding to the given scancode according
* to the current keyboard layout.
*
* See ::SDL_Keycode for details.
*
* \sa SDL_GetKeyName()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keycode SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyFromScancode(SDL_Scancode scancode);
/**
* \brief Get the scancode corresponding to the given key code according to the
* current keyboard layout.
*
* See ::SDL_Scancode for details.
*
* \sa SDL_GetScancodeName()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Scancode SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeFromKey(SDL_Keycode key);
/**
* \brief Get a human-readable name for a scancode.
*
* \return A pointer to the name for the scancode.
* If the scancode doesn't have a name, this function returns
* an empty string ("").
*
* \sa SDL_Scancode
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeName(SDL_Scancode scancode);
/**
* \brief Get a scancode from a human-readable name
*
* \return scancode, or SDL_SCANCODE_UNKNOWN if the name wasn't recognized
*
* \sa SDL_Scancode
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Scancode SDLCALL SDL_GetScancodeFromName(const char *name);
/**
* \brief Get a human-readable name for a key.
*
* \return A pointer to a UTF-8 string that stays valid at least until the next
* call to this function. If you need it around any longer, you must
* copy it. If the key doesn't have a name, this function returns an
* empty string ("").
*
* \sa SDL_Key
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyName(SDL_Keycode key);
/**
* \brief Get a key code from a human-readable name
*
* \return key code, or SDLK_UNKNOWN if the name wasn't recognized
*
* \sa SDL_Keycode
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Keycode SDLCALL SDL_GetKeyFromName(const char *name);
/**
* \brief Start accepting Unicode text input events.
* This function will show the on-screen keyboard if supported.
*
* \sa SDL_StopTextInput()
* \sa SDL_SetTextInputRect()
* \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_StartTextInput(void);
/**
* \brief Return whether or not Unicode text input events are enabled.
*
* \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
* \sa SDL_StopTextInput()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsTextInputActive(void);
/**
* \brief Stop receiving any text input events.
* This function will hide the on-screen keyboard if supported.
*
* \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
* \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_StopTextInput(void);
/**
* \brief Set the rectangle used to type Unicode text inputs.
* This is used as a hint for IME and on-screen keyboard placement.
*
* \sa SDL_StartTextInput()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetTextInputRect(SDL_Rect *rect);
/**
* \brief Returns whether the platform has some screen keyboard support.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if some keyboard support is available else SDL_FALSE.
*
* \note Not all screen keyboard functions are supported on all platforms.
*
* \sa SDL_IsScreenKeyboardShown()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport(void);
/**
* \brief Returns whether the screen keyboard is shown for given window.
*
* \param window The window for which screen keyboard should be queried.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if screen keyboard is shown else SDL_FALSE.
*
* \sa SDL_HasScreenKeyboardSupport()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsScreenKeyboardShown(SDL_Window *window);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_keyboard_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_keycode.h
*
* Defines constants which identify keyboard keys and modifiers.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_keycode_h
#define _SDL_keycode_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_scancode.h"
/**
* \brief The SDL virtual key representation.
*
* Values of this type are used to represent keyboard keys using the current
* layout of the keyboard. These values include Unicode values representing
* the unmodified character that would be generated by pressing the key, or
* an SDLK_* constant for those keys that do not generate characters.
*/
typedef Sint32 SDL_Keycode;
#define SDLK_SCANCODE_MASK (1<<30)
#define SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(X) (X | SDLK_SCANCODE_MASK)
enum
{
SDLK_UNKNOWN = 0,
SDLK_RETURN = '\r',
SDLK_ESCAPE = '\033',
SDLK_BACKSPACE = '\b',
SDLK_TAB = '\t',
SDLK_SPACE = ' ',
SDLK_EXCLAIM = '!',
SDLK_QUOTEDBL = '"',
SDLK_HASH = '#',
SDLK_PERCENT = '%',
SDLK_DOLLAR = '$',
SDLK_AMPERSAND = '&',
SDLK_QUOTE = '\'',
SDLK_LEFTPAREN = '(',
SDLK_RIGHTPAREN = ')',
SDLK_ASTERISK = '*',
SDLK_PLUS = '+',
SDLK_COMMA = ',',
SDLK_MINUS = '-',
SDLK_PERIOD = '.',
SDLK_SLASH = '/',
SDLK_0 = '0',
SDLK_1 = '1',
SDLK_2 = '2',
SDLK_3 = '3',
SDLK_4 = '4',
SDLK_5 = '5',
SDLK_6 = '6',
SDLK_7 = '7',
SDLK_8 = '8',
SDLK_9 = '9',
SDLK_COLON = ':',
SDLK_SEMICOLON = ';',
SDLK_LESS = '<',
SDLK_EQUALS = '=',
SDLK_GREATER = '>',
SDLK_QUESTION = '?',
SDLK_AT = '@',
/*
Skip uppercase letters
*/
SDLK_LEFTBRACKET = '[',
SDLK_BACKSLASH = '\\',
SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET = ']',
SDLK_CARET = '^',
SDLK_UNDERSCORE = '_',
SDLK_BACKQUOTE = '`',
SDLK_a = 'a',
SDLK_b = 'b',
SDLK_c = 'c',
SDLK_d = 'd',
SDLK_e = 'e',
SDLK_f = 'f',
SDLK_g = 'g',
SDLK_h = 'h',
SDLK_i = 'i',
SDLK_j = 'j',
SDLK_k = 'k',
SDLK_l = 'l',
SDLK_m = 'm',
SDLK_n = 'n',
SDLK_o = 'o',
SDLK_p = 'p',
SDLK_q = 'q',
SDLK_r = 'r',
SDLK_s = 's',
SDLK_t = 't',
SDLK_u = 'u',
SDLK_v = 'v',
SDLK_w = 'w',
SDLK_x = 'x',
SDLK_y = 'y',
SDLK_z = 'z',
SDLK_CAPSLOCK = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CAPSLOCK),
SDLK_F1 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F1),
SDLK_F2 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F2),
SDLK_F3 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F3),
SDLK_F4 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F4),
SDLK_F5 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F5),
SDLK_F6 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F6),
SDLK_F7 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F7),
SDLK_F8 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F8),
SDLK_F9 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F9),
SDLK_F10 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F10),
SDLK_F11 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F11),
SDLK_F12 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F12),
SDLK_PRINTSCREEN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PRINTSCREEN),
SDLK_SCROLLLOCK = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SCROLLLOCK),
SDLK_PAUSE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PAUSE),
SDLK_INSERT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_INSERT),
SDLK_HOME = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_HOME),
SDLK_PAGEUP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEUP),
SDLK_DELETE = '\177',
SDLK_END = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_END),
SDLK_PAGEDOWN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEDOWN),
SDLK_RIGHT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHT),
SDLK_LEFT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LEFT),
SDLK_DOWN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_DOWN),
SDLK_UP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_UP),
SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_NUMLOCKCLEAR),
SDLK_KP_DIVIDE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DIVIDE),
SDLK_KP_MULTIPLY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MULTIPLY),
SDLK_KP_MINUS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MINUS),
SDLK_KP_PLUS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUS),
SDLK_KP_ENTER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER),
SDLK_KP_1 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_1),
SDLK_KP_2 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_2),
SDLK_KP_3 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_3),
SDLK_KP_4 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_4),
SDLK_KP_5 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_5),
SDLK_KP_6 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_6),
SDLK_KP_7 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_7),
SDLK_KP_8 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_8),
SDLK_KP_9 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_9),
SDLK_KP_0 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_0),
SDLK_KP_PERIOD = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERIOD),
SDLK_APPLICATION = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_APPLICATION),
SDLK_POWER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_POWER),
SDLK_KP_EQUALS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALS),
SDLK_F13 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F13),
SDLK_F14 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F14),
SDLK_F15 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F15),
SDLK_F16 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F16),
SDLK_F17 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F17),
SDLK_F18 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F18),
SDLK_F19 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F19),
SDLK_F20 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F20),
SDLK_F21 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F21),
SDLK_F22 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F22),
SDLK_F23 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F23),
SDLK_F24 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_F24),
SDLK_EXECUTE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_EXECUTE),
SDLK_HELP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_HELP),
SDLK_MENU = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MENU),
SDLK_SELECT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SELECT),
SDLK_STOP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_STOP),
SDLK_AGAIN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AGAIN),
SDLK_UNDO = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_UNDO),
SDLK_CUT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CUT),
SDLK_COPY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_COPY),
SDLK_PASTE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PASTE),
SDLK_FIND = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_FIND),
SDLK_MUTE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MUTE),
SDLK_VOLUMEUP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_VOLUMEUP),
SDLK_VOLUMEDOWN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_VOLUMEDOWN),
SDLK_KP_COMMA = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_COMMA),
SDLK_KP_EQUALSAS400 =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALSAS400),
SDLK_ALTERASE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_ALTERASE),
SDLK_SYSREQ = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SYSREQ),
SDLK_CANCEL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CANCEL),
SDLK_CLEAR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CLEAR),
SDLK_PRIOR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_PRIOR),
SDLK_RETURN2 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2),
SDLK_SEPARATOR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SEPARATOR),
SDLK_OUT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_OUT),
SDLK_OPER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_OPER),
SDLK_CLEARAGAIN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CLEARAGAIN),
SDLK_CRSEL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CRSEL),
SDLK_EXSEL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_EXSEL),
SDLK_KP_00 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_00),
SDLK_KP_000 = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_000),
SDLK_THOUSANDSSEPARATOR =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_THOUSANDSSEPARATOR),
SDLK_DECIMALSEPARATOR =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_DECIMALSEPARATOR),
SDLK_CURRENCYUNIT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CURRENCYUNIT),
SDLK_CURRENCYSUBUNIT =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CURRENCYSUBUNIT),
SDLK_KP_LEFTPAREN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LEFTPAREN),
SDLK_KP_RIGHTPAREN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_RIGHTPAREN),
SDLK_KP_LEFTBRACE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LEFTBRACE),
SDLK_KP_RIGHTBRACE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_RIGHTBRACE),
SDLK_KP_TAB = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_TAB),
SDLK_KP_BACKSPACE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BACKSPACE),
SDLK_KP_A = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_A),
SDLK_KP_B = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_B),
SDLK_KP_C = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_C),
SDLK_KP_D = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_D),
SDLK_KP_E = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_E),
SDLK_KP_F = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_F),
SDLK_KP_XOR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_XOR),
SDLK_KP_POWER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_POWER),
SDLK_KP_PERCENT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERCENT),
SDLK_KP_LESS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LESS),
SDLK_KP_GREATER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_GREATER),
SDLK_KP_AMPERSAND = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_AMPERSAND),
SDLK_KP_DBLAMPERSAND =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DBLAMPERSAND),
SDLK_KP_VERTICALBAR =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_VERTICALBAR),
SDLK_KP_DBLVERTICALBAR =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DBLVERTICALBAR),
SDLK_KP_COLON = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_COLON),
SDLK_KP_HASH = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_HASH),
SDLK_KP_SPACE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_SPACE),
SDLK_KP_AT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_AT),
SDLK_KP_EXCLAM = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EXCLAM),
SDLK_KP_MEMSTORE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMSTORE),
SDLK_KP_MEMRECALL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMRECALL),
SDLK_KP_MEMCLEAR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMCLEAR),
SDLK_KP_MEMADD = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMADD),
SDLK_KP_MEMSUBTRACT =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMSUBTRACT),
SDLK_KP_MEMMULTIPLY =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMMULTIPLY),
SDLK_KP_MEMDIVIDE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMDIVIDE),
SDLK_KP_PLUSMINUS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUSMINUS),
SDLK_KP_CLEAR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_CLEAR),
SDLK_KP_CLEARENTRY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_CLEARENTRY),
SDLK_KP_BINARY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BINARY),
SDLK_KP_OCTAL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_OCTAL),
SDLK_KP_DECIMAL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DECIMAL),
SDLK_KP_HEXADECIMAL =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KP_HEXADECIMAL),
SDLK_LCTRL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LCTRL),
SDLK_LSHIFT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LSHIFT),
SDLK_LALT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LALT),
SDLK_LGUI = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_LGUI),
SDLK_RCTRL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RCTRL),
SDLK_RSHIFT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RSHIFT),
SDLK_RALT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RALT),
SDLK_RGUI = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_RGUI),
SDLK_MODE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MODE),
SDLK_AUDIONEXT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIONEXT),
SDLK_AUDIOPREV = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOPREV),
SDLK_AUDIOSTOP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOSTOP),
SDLK_AUDIOPLAY = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOPLAY),
SDLK_AUDIOMUTE = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOMUTE),
SDLK_MEDIASELECT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MEDIASELECT),
SDLK_WWW = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_WWW),
SDLK_MAIL = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_MAIL),
SDLK_CALCULATOR = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_CALCULATOR),
SDLK_COMPUTER = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_COMPUTER),
SDLK_AC_SEARCH = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_SEARCH),
SDLK_AC_HOME = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_HOME),
SDLK_AC_BACK = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BACK),
SDLK_AC_FORWARD = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_FORWARD),
SDLK_AC_STOP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_STOP),
SDLK_AC_REFRESH = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_REFRESH),
SDLK_AC_BOOKMARKS = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BOOKMARKS),
SDLK_BRIGHTNESSDOWN =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_BRIGHTNESSDOWN),
SDLK_BRIGHTNESSUP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_BRIGHTNESSUP),
SDLK_DISPLAYSWITCH = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_DISPLAYSWITCH),
SDLK_KBDILLUMTOGGLE =
SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMTOGGLE),
SDLK_KBDILLUMDOWN = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMDOWN),
SDLK_KBDILLUMUP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMUP),
SDLK_EJECT = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_EJECT),
SDLK_SLEEP = SDL_SCANCODE_TO_KEYCODE(SDL_SCANCODE_SLEEP)
};
/**
* \brief Enumeration of valid key mods (possibly OR'd together).
*/
typedef enum
{
KMOD_NONE = 0x0000,
KMOD_LSHIFT = 0x0001,
KMOD_RSHIFT = 0x0002,
KMOD_LCTRL = 0x0040,
KMOD_RCTRL = 0x0080,
KMOD_LALT = 0x0100,
KMOD_RALT = 0x0200,
KMOD_LGUI = 0x0400,
KMOD_RGUI = 0x0800,
KMOD_NUM = 0x1000,
KMOD_CAPS = 0x2000,
KMOD_MODE = 0x4000,
KMOD_RESERVED = 0x8000
} SDL_Keymod;
#define KMOD_CTRL (KMOD_LCTRL|KMOD_RCTRL)
#define KMOD_SHIFT (KMOD_LSHIFT|KMOD_RSHIFT)
#define KMOD_ALT (KMOD_LALT|KMOD_RALT)
#define KMOD_GUI (KMOD_LGUI|KMOD_RGUI)
#endif /* _SDL_keycode_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,81 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_loadso.h
*
* System dependent library loading routines
*
* Some things to keep in mind:
* \li These functions only work on C function names. Other languages may
* have name mangling and intrinsic language support that varies from
* compiler to compiler.
* \li Make sure you declare your function pointers with the same calling
* convention as the actual library function. Your code will crash
* mysteriously if you do not do this.
* \li Avoid namespace collisions. If you load a symbol from the library,
* it is not defined whether or not it goes into the global symbol
* namespace for the application. If it does and it conflicts with
* symbols in your code or other shared libraries, you will not get
* the results you expect. :)
*/
#ifndef _SDL_loadso_h
#define _SDL_loadso_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* This function dynamically loads a shared object and returns a pointer
* to the object handle (or NULL if there was an error).
* The 'sofile' parameter is a system dependent name of the object file.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadObject(const char *sofile);
/**
* Given an object handle, this function looks up the address of the
* named function in the shared object and returns it. This address
* is no longer valid after calling SDL_UnloadObject().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_LoadFunction(void *handle,
const char *name);
/**
* Unload a shared object from memory.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnloadObject(void *handle);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_loadso_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_log.h
*
* Simple log messages with categories and priorities.
*
* By default logs are quiet, but if you're debugging SDL you might want:
*
* SDL_LogSetAllPriority(SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN);
*
* Here's where the messages go on different platforms:
* Windows: debug output stream
* Android: log output
* Others: standard error output (stderr)
*/
#ifndef _SDL_log_h
#define _SDL_log_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief The maximum size of a log message
*
* Messages longer than the maximum size will be truncated
*/
#define SDL_MAX_LOG_MESSAGE 4096
/**
* \brief The predefined log categories
*
* By default the application category is enabled at the INFO level,
* the assert category is enabled at the WARN level, test is enabled
* at the VERBOSE level and all other categories are enabled at the
* CRITICAL level.
*/
enum
{
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_ERROR,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_ASSERT,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_SYSTEM,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_AUDIO,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_VIDEO,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RENDER,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_INPUT,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_TEST,
/* Reserved for future SDL library use */
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED1,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED2,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED3,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED4,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED5,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED6,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED7,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED8,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED9,
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_RESERVED10,
/* Beyond this point is reserved for application use, e.g.
enum {
MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME1 = SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_CUSTOM,
MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME2,
MYAPP_CATEGORY_AWESOME3,
...
};
*/
SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_CUSTOM
};
/**
* \brief The predefined log priorities
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_VERBOSE = 1,
SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_DEBUG,
SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO,
SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN,
SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR,
SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_CRITICAL,
SDL_NUM_LOG_PRIORITIES
} SDL_LogPriority;
/**
* \brief Set the priority of all log categories
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetAllPriority(SDL_LogPriority priority);
/**
* \brief Set the priority of a particular log category
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetPriority(int category,
SDL_LogPriority priority);
/**
* \brief Get the priority of a particular log category
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_LogPriority SDLCALL SDL_LogGetPriority(int category);
/**
* \brief Reset all priorities to default.
*
* \note This is called in SDL_Quit().
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogResetPriorities(void);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_CATEGORY_APPLICATION and SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Log(const char *fmt, ...);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_VERBOSE
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogVerbose(int category, const char *fmt, ...);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_DEBUG
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogDebug(int category, const char *fmt, ...);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_INFO
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogInfo(int category, const char *fmt, ...);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_WARN
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogWarn(int category, const char *fmt, ...);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_ERROR
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogError(int category, const char *fmt, ...);
/**
* \brief Log a message with SDL_LOG_PRIORITY_CRITICAL
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogCritical(int category, const char *fmt, ...);
/**
* \brief Log a message with the specified category and priority.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogMessage(int category,
SDL_LogPriority priority,
const char *fmt, ...);
/**
* \brief Log a message with the specified category and priority.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogMessageV(int category,
SDL_LogPriority priority,
const char *fmt, va_list ap);
/**
* \brief The prototype for the log output function
*/
typedef void (*SDL_LogOutputFunction)(void *userdata, int category, SDL_LogPriority priority, const char *message);
/**
* \brief Get the current log output function.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogGetOutputFunction(SDL_LogOutputFunction *callback, void **userdata);
/**
* \brief This function allows you to replace the default log output
* function with one of your own.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_LogSetOutputFunction(SDL_LogOutputFunction callback, void *userdata);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_log_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_main_h
#define _SDL_main_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
/**
* \file SDL_main.h
*
* Redefine main() on some platforms so that it is called by SDL.
*/
#ifndef SDL_MAIN_HANDLED
#if defined(__WIN32__)
/* On Windows SDL provides WinMain(), which parses the command line and passes
the arguments to your main function.
If you provide your own WinMain(), you may define SDL_MAIN_HANDLED
*/
#define SDL_MAIN_AVAILABLE
#elif defined(__IPHONEOS__)
/* On iOS SDL provides a main function that creates an application delegate
and starts the iOS application run loop.
See src/video/uikit/SDL_uikitappdelegate.m for more details.
*/
#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
#elif defined(__ANDROID__)
/* On Android SDL provides a Java class in SDLActivity.java that is the
main activity entry point.
See README-android.txt for more details on extending that class.
*/
#define SDL_MAIN_NEEDED
#endif
#endif /* SDL_MAIN_HANDLED */
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define C_LINKAGE "C"
#else
#define C_LINKAGE
#endif /* __cplusplus */
/**
* \file SDL_main.h
*
* The application's main() function must be called with C linkage,
* and should be declared like this:
* \code
* #ifdef __cplusplus
* extern "C"
* #endif
* int main(int argc, char *argv[])
* {
* }
* \endcode
*/
#if defined(SDL_MAIN_NEEDED) || defined(SDL_MAIN_AVAILABLE)
#define main SDL_main
#endif
/**
* The prototype for the application's main() function
*/
extern C_LINKAGE int SDL_main(int argc, char *argv[]);
#include "begin_code.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
* This is called by the real SDL main function to let the rest of the
* library know that initialization was done properly.
*
* Calling this yourself without knowing what you're doing can cause
* crashes and hard to diagnose problems with your application.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDL_SetMainReady(void);
#ifdef __WIN32__
/**
* This can be called to set the application class at startup
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RegisterApp(char *name, Uint32 style,
void *hInst);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnregisterApp(void);
#endif /* __WIN32__ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_main_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_messagebox_h
#define _SDL_messagebox_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_video.h" /* For SDL_Window */
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief SDL_MessageBox flags. If supported will display warning icon, etc.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_ERROR = 0x00000010, /**< error dialog */
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_WARNING = 0x00000020, /**< warning dialog */
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_INFORMATION = 0x00000040 /**< informational dialog */
} SDL_MessageBoxFlags;
/**
* \brief Flags for SDL_MessageBoxButtonData.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_RETURNKEY_DEFAULT = 0x00000001, /**< Marks the default button when return is hit */
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_BUTTON_ESCAPEKEY_DEFAULT = 0x00000002 /**< Marks the default button when escape is hit */
} SDL_MessageBoxButtonFlags;
/**
* \brief Individual button data.
*/
typedef struct
{
Uint32 flags; /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxButtonFlags */
int buttonid; /**< User defined button id (value returned via SDL_ShowMessageBox) */
const char * text; /**< The UTF-8 button text */
} SDL_MessageBoxButtonData;
/**
* \brief RGB value used in a message box color scheme
*/
typedef struct
{
Uint8 r, g, b;
} SDL_MessageBoxColor;
typedef enum
{
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BACKGROUND,
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_TEXT,
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_BORDER,
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_BACKGROUND,
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_BUTTON_SELECTED,
SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_MAX
} SDL_MessageBoxColorType;
/**
* \brief A set of colors to use for message box dialogs
*/
typedef struct
{
SDL_MessageBoxColor colors[SDL_MESSAGEBOX_COLOR_MAX];
} SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme;
/**
* \brief MessageBox structure containing title, text, window, etc.
*/
typedef struct
{
Uint32 flags; /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxFlags */
SDL_Window *window; /**< Parent window, can be NULL */
const char *title; /**< UTF-8 title */
const char *message; /**< UTF-8 message text */
int numbuttons;
const SDL_MessageBoxButtonData *buttons;
const SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme *colorScheme; /**< ::SDL_MessageBoxColorScheme, can be NULL to use system settings */
} SDL_MessageBoxData;
/**
* \brief Create a modal message box.
*
* \param messageboxdata The SDL_MessageBoxData structure with title, text, etc.
* \param buttonid The pointer to which user id of hit button should be copied.
*
* \return -1 on error, otherwise 0 and buttonid contains user id of button
* hit or -1 if dialog was closed.
*
* \note This function should be called on the thread that created the parent
* window, or on the main thread if the messagebox has no parent. It will
* block execution of that thread until the user clicks a button or
* closes the messagebox.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowMessageBox(const SDL_MessageBoxData *messageboxdata, int *buttonid);
/**
* \brief Create a simple modal message box
*
* \param flags ::SDL_MessageBoxFlags
* \param title UTF-8 title text
* \param message UTF-8 message text
* \param window The parent window, or NULL for no parent
*
* \return 0 on success, -1 on error
*
* \sa SDL_ShowMessageBox
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowSimpleMessageBox(Uint32 flags, const char *title, const char *message, SDL_Window *window);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_messagebox_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
/*
SDL_mixer: An audio mixer library based on the SDL library
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/* $Id$ */
#ifndef _SDL_MIXER_H
#define _SDL_MIXER_H
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "SDL_audio.h"
#include "SDL_endian.h"
#include "SDL_version.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
*/
#define SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION 2
#define SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION 0
#define SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL 0
/* This macro can be used to fill a version structure with the compile-time
* version of the SDL_mixer library.
*/
#define SDL_MIXER_VERSION(X) \
{ \
(X)->major = SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION; \
(X)->minor = SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION; \
(X)->patch = SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL; \
}
/* Backwards compatibility */
#define MIX_MAJOR_VERSION SDL_MIXER_MAJOR_VERSION
#define MIX_MINOR_VERSION SDL_MIXER_MINOR_VERSION
#define MIX_PATCHLEVEL SDL_MIXER_PATCHLEVEL
#define MIX_VERSION(X) SDL_MIXER_VERSION(X)
/* This function gets the version of the dynamically linked SDL_mixer library.
it should NOT be used to fill a version structure, instead you should
use the SDL_MIXER_VERSION() macro.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const SDL_version * SDLCALL Mix_Linked_Version(void);
typedef enum
{
MIX_INIT_FLAC = 0x00000001,
MIX_INIT_MOD = 0x00000002,
MIX_INIT_MODPLUG = 0x00000004,
MIX_INIT_MP3 = 0x00000008,
MIX_INIT_OGG = 0x00000010,
MIX_INIT_FLUIDSYNTH = 0x00000020
} MIX_InitFlags;
/* Loads dynamic libraries and prepares them for use. Flags should be
one or more flags from MIX_InitFlags OR'd together.
It returns the flags successfully initialized, or 0 on failure.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_Init(int flags);
/* Unloads libraries loaded with Mix_Init */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_Quit(void);
/* The default mixer has 8 simultaneous mixing channels */
#ifndef MIX_CHANNELS
#define MIX_CHANNELS 8
#endif
/* Good default values for a PC soundcard */
#define MIX_DEFAULT_FREQUENCY 22050
#if SDL_BYTEORDER == SDL_LIL_ENDIAN
#define MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT AUDIO_S16LSB
#else
#define MIX_DEFAULT_FORMAT AUDIO_S16MSB
#endif
#define MIX_DEFAULT_CHANNELS 2
#define MIX_MAX_VOLUME 128 /* Volume of a chunk */
/* The internal format for an audio chunk */
typedef struct Mix_Chunk {
int allocated;
Uint8 *abuf;
Uint32 alen;
Uint8 volume; /* Per-sample volume, 0-128 */
} Mix_Chunk;
/* The different fading types supported */
typedef enum {
MIX_NO_FADING,
MIX_FADING_OUT,
MIX_FADING_IN
} Mix_Fading;
typedef enum {
MUS_NONE,
MUS_CMD,
MUS_WAV,
MUS_MOD,
MUS_MID,
MUS_OGG,
MUS_MP3,
MUS_MP3_MAD,
MUS_FLAC,
MUS_MODPLUG
} Mix_MusicType;
/* The internal format for a music chunk interpreted via mikmod */
typedef struct _Mix_Music Mix_Music;
/* Open the mixer with a certain audio format */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_OpenAudio(int frequency, Uint16 format, int channels, int chunksize);
/* Dynamically change the number of channels managed by the mixer.
If decreasing the number of channels, the upper channels are
stopped.
This function returns the new number of allocated channels.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_AllocateChannels(int numchans);
/* Find out what the actual audio device parameters are.
This function returns 1 if the audio has been opened, 0 otherwise.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_QuerySpec(int *frequency,Uint16 *format,int *channels);
/* Load a wave file or a music (.mod .s3m .it .xm) file */
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk * SDLCALL Mix_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc);
#define Mix_LoadWAV(file) Mix_LoadWAV_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Music * SDLCALL Mix_LoadMUS(const char *file);
/* Load a music file from an SDL_RWop object (Ogg and MikMod specific currently)
Matt Campbell (matt@campbellhome.dhs.org) April 2000 */
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Music * SDLCALL Mix_LoadMUS_RW(SDL_RWops *src, int freesrc);
/* Load a music file from an SDL_RWop object assuming a specific format */
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Music * SDLCALL Mix_LoadMUSType_RW(SDL_RWops *src, Mix_MusicType type, int freesrc);
/* Load a wave file of the mixer format from a memory buffer */
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk * SDLCALL Mix_QuickLoad_WAV(Uint8 *mem);
/* Load raw audio data of the mixer format from a memory buffer */
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk * SDLCALL Mix_QuickLoad_RAW(Uint8 *mem, Uint32 len);
/* Free an audio chunk previously loaded */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_FreeChunk(Mix_Chunk *chunk);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_FreeMusic(Mix_Music *music);
/* Get a list of chunk/music decoders that this build of SDL_mixer provides.
This list can change between builds AND runs of the program, if external
libraries that add functionality become available.
You must successfully call Mix_OpenAudio() before calling these functions.
This API is only available in SDL_mixer 1.2.9 and later.
// usage...
int i;
const int total = Mix_GetNumChunkDecoders();
for (i = 0; i < total; i++)
printf("Supported chunk decoder: [%s]\n", Mix_GetChunkDecoder(i));
Appearing in this list doesn't promise your specific audio file will
decode...but it's handy to know if you have, say, a functioning Timidity
install.
These return values are static, read-only data; do not modify or free it.
The pointers remain valid until you call Mix_CloseAudio().
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GetNumChunkDecoders(void);
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL Mix_GetChunkDecoder(int index);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GetNumMusicDecoders(void);
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL Mix_GetMusicDecoder(int index);
/* Find out the music format of a mixer music, or the currently playing
music, if 'music' is NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Mix_MusicType SDLCALL Mix_GetMusicType(const Mix_Music *music);
/* Set a function that is called after all mixing is performed.
This can be used to provide real-time visual display of the audio stream
or add a custom mixer filter for the stream data.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_SetPostMix(void (*mix_func)(void *udata, Uint8 *stream, int len), void *arg);
/* Add your own music player or additional mixer function.
If 'mix_func' is NULL, the default music player is re-enabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_HookMusic(void (*mix_func)(void *udata, Uint8 *stream, int len), void *arg);
/* Add your own callback when the music has finished playing.
This callback is only called if the music finishes naturally.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_HookMusicFinished(void (*music_finished)(void));
/* Get a pointer to the user data for the current music hook */
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL Mix_GetMusicHookData(void);
/*
* Add your own callback when a channel has finished playing. NULL
* to disable callback. The callback may be called from the mixer's audio
* callback or it could be called as a result of Mix_HaltChannel(), etc.
* do not call SDL_LockAudio() from this callback; you will either be
* inside the audio callback, or SDL_mixer will explicitly lock the audio
* before calling your callback.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_ChannelFinished(void (*channel_finished)(int channel));
/* Special Effects API by ryan c. gordon. (icculus@icculus.org) */
#define MIX_CHANNEL_POST -2
/* This is the format of a special effect callback:
*
* myeffect(int chan, void *stream, int len, void *udata);
*
* (chan) is the channel number that your effect is affecting. (stream) is
* the buffer of data to work upon. (len) is the size of (stream), and
* (udata) is a user-defined bit of data, which you pass as the last arg of
* Mix_RegisterEffect(), and is passed back unmolested to your callback.
* Your effect changes the contents of (stream) based on whatever parameters
* are significant, or just leaves it be, if you prefer. You can do whatever
* you like to the buffer, though, and it will continue in its changed state
* down the mixing pipeline, through any other effect functions, then finally
* to be mixed with the rest of the channels and music for the final output
* stream.
*
* DO NOT EVER call SDL_LockAudio() from your callback function!
*/
typedef void (*Mix_EffectFunc_t)(int chan, void *stream, int len, void *udata);
/*
* This is a callback that signifies that a channel has finished all its
* loops and has completed playback. This gets called if the buffer
* plays out normally, or if you call Mix_HaltChannel(), implicitly stop
* a channel via Mix_AllocateChannels(), or unregister a callback while
* it's still playing.
*
* DO NOT EVER call SDL_LockAudio() from your callback function!
*/
typedef void (*Mix_EffectDone_t)(int chan, void *udata);
/* Register a special effect function. At mixing time, the channel data is
* copied into a buffer and passed through each registered effect function.
* After it passes through all the functions, it is mixed into the final
* output stream. The copy to buffer is performed once, then each effect
* function performs on the output of the previous effect. Understand that
* this extra copy to a buffer is not performed if there are no effects
* registered for a given chunk, which saves CPU cycles, and any given
* effect will be extra cycles, too, so it is crucial that your code run
* fast. Also note that the data that your function is given is in the
* format of the sound device, and not the format you gave to Mix_OpenAudio(),
* although they may in reality be the same. This is an unfortunate but
* necessary speed concern. Use Mix_QuerySpec() to determine if you can
* handle the data before you register your effect, and take appropriate
* actions.
* You may also specify a callback (Mix_EffectDone_t) that is called when
* the channel finishes playing. This gives you a more fine-grained control
* than Mix_ChannelFinished(), in case you need to free effect-specific
* resources, etc. If you don't need this, you can specify NULL.
* You may set the callbacks before or after calling Mix_PlayChannel().
* Things like Mix_SetPanning() are just internal special effect functions,
* so if you are using that, you've already incurred the overhead of a copy
* to a separate buffer, and that these effects will be in the queue with
* any functions you've registered. The list of registered effects for a
* channel is reset when a chunk finishes playing, so you need to explicitly
* set them with each call to Mix_PlayChannel*().
* You may also register a special effect function that is to be run after
* final mixing occurs. The rules for these callbacks are identical to those
* in Mix_RegisterEffect, but they are run after all the channels and the
* music have been mixed into a single stream, whereas channel-specific
* effects run on a given channel before any other mixing occurs. These
* global effect callbacks are call "posteffects". Posteffects only have
* their Mix_EffectDone_t function called when they are unregistered (since
* the main output stream is never "done" in the same sense as a channel).
* You must unregister them manually when you've had enough. Your callback
* will be told that the channel being mixed is (MIX_CHANNEL_POST) if the
* processing is considered a posteffect.
*
* After all these effects have finished processing, the callback registered
* through Mix_SetPostMix() runs, and then the stream goes to the audio
* device.
*
* DO NOT EVER call SDL_LockAudio() from your callback function!
*
* returns zero if error (no such channel), nonzero if added.
* Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_RegisterEffect(int chan, Mix_EffectFunc_t f, Mix_EffectDone_t d, void *arg);
/* You may not need to call this explicitly, unless you need to stop an
* effect from processing in the middle of a chunk's playback.
* Posteffects are never implicitly unregistered as they are for channels,
* but they may be explicitly unregistered through this function by
* specifying MIX_CHANNEL_POST for a channel.
* returns zero if error (no such channel or effect), nonzero if removed.
* Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_UnregisterEffect(int channel, Mix_EffectFunc_t f);
/* You may not need to call this explicitly, unless you need to stop all
* effects from processing in the middle of a chunk's playback. Note that
* this will also shut off some internal effect processing, since
* Mix_SetPanning() and others may use this API under the hood. This is
* called internally when a channel completes playback.
* Posteffects are never implicitly unregistered as they are for channels,
* but they may be explicitly unregistered through this function by
* specifying MIX_CHANNEL_POST for a channel.
* returns zero if error (no such channel), nonzero if all effects removed.
* Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_UnregisterAllEffects(int channel);
#define MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED "MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED"
/*
* These are the internally-defined mixing effects. They use the same API that
* effects defined in the application use, but are provided here as a
* convenience. Some effects can reduce their quality or use more memory in
* the name of speed; to enable this, make sure the environment variable
* MIX_EFFECTSMAXSPEED (see above) is defined before you call
* Mix_OpenAudio().
*/
/* Set the panning of a channel. The left and right channels are specified
* as integers between 0 and 255, quietest to loudest, respectively.
*
* Technically, this is just individual volume control for a sample with
* two (stereo) channels, so it can be used for more than just panning.
* If you want real panning, call it like this:
*
* Mix_SetPanning(channel, left, 255 - left);
*
* ...which isn't so hard.
*
* Setting (channel) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
* the panning will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it on
* to the audio device.
*
* This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect() API internally, and returns without
* registering the effect function if the audio device is not configured
* for stereo output. Setting both (left) and (right) to 255 causes this
* effect to be unregistered, since that is the data's normal state.
*
* returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
* nonzero if panning effect enabled. Note that an audio device in mono
* mode is a no-op, but this call will return successful in that case.
* Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetPanning(int channel, Uint8 left, Uint8 right);
/* Set the position of a channel. (angle) is an integer from 0 to 360, that
* specifies the location of the sound in relation to the listener. (angle)
* will be reduced as neccesary (540 becomes 180 degrees, -100 becomes 260).
* Angle 0 is due north, and rotates clockwise as the value increases.
* For efficiency, the precision of this effect may be limited (angles 1
* through 7 might all produce the same effect, 8 through 15 are equal, etc).
* (distance) is an integer between 0 and 255 that specifies the space
* between the sound and the listener. The larger the number, the further
* away the sound is. Using 255 does not guarantee that the channel will be
* culled from the mixing process or be completely silent. For efficiency,
* the precision of this effect may be limited (distance 0 through 5 might
* all produce the same effect, 6 through 10 are equal, etc). Setting (angle)
* and (distance) to 0 unregisters this effect, since the data would be
* unchanged.
*
* If you need more precise positional audio, consider using OpenAL for
* spatialized effects instead of SDL_mixer. This is only meant to be a
* basic effect for simple "3D" games.
*
* If the audio device is configured for mono output, then you won't get
* any effectiveness from the angle; however, distance attenuation on the
* channel will still occur. While this effect will function with stereo
* voices, it makes more sense to use voices with only one channel of sound,
* so when they are mixed through this effect, the positioning will sound
* correct. You can convert them to mono through SDL before giving them to
* the mixer in the first place if you like.
*
* Setting (channel) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
* the positioning will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it
* on to the audio device.
*
* This is a convenience wrapper over Mix_SetDistance() and Mix_SetPanning().
*
* returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
* nonzero if position effect is enabled.
* Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetPosition(int channel, Sint16 angle, Uint8 distance);
/* Set the "distance" of a channel. (distance) is an integer from 0 to 255
* that specifies the location of the sound in relation to the listener.
* Distance 0 is overlapping the listener, and 255 is as far away as possible
* A distance of 255 does not guarantee silence; in such a case, you might
* want to try changing the chunk's volume, or just cull the sample from the
* mixing process with Mix_HaltChannel().
* For efficiency, the precision of this effect may be limited (distances 1
* through 7 might all produce the same effect, 8 through 15 are equal, etc).
* (distance) is an integer between 0 and 255 that specifies the space
* between the sound and the listener. The larger the number, the further
* away the sound is.
* Setting (distance) to 0 unregisters this effect, since the data would be
* unchanged.
* If you need more precise positional audio, consider using OpenAL for
* spatialized effects instead of SDL_mixer. This is only meant to be a
* basic effect for simple "3D" games.
*
* Setting (channel) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
* the distance attenuation will be done to the final mixed stream before
* passing it on to the audio device.
*
* This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect() API internally.
*
* returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
* nonzero if position effect is enabled.
* Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetDistance(int channel, Uint8 distance);
/*
* !!! FIXME : Haven't implemented, since the effect goes past the
* end of the sound buffer. Will have to think about this.
* --ryan.
*/
#if 0
/* Causes an echo effect to be mixed into a sound. (echo) is the amount
* of echo to mix. 0 is no echo, 255 is infinite (and probably not
* what you want).
*
* Setting (channel) to MIX_CHANNEL_POST registers this as a posteffect, and
* the reverbing will be done to the final mixed stream before passing it on
* to the audio device.
*
* This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect() API internally. If you specify an echo
* of zero, the effect is unregistered, as the data is already in that state.
*
* returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
* nonzero if reversing effect is enabled.
* Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
*/
extern no_parse_DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetReverb(int channel, Uint8 echo);
#endif
/* Causes a channel to reverse its stereo. This is handy if the user has his
* speakers hooked up backwards, or you would like to have a minor bit of
* psychedelia in your sound code. :) Calling this function with (flip)
* set to non-zero reverses the chunks's usual channels. If (flip) is zero,
* the effect is unregistered.
*
* This uses the Mix_RegisterEffect() API internally, and thus is probably
* more CPU intensive than having the user just plug in his speakers
* correctly. Mix_SetReverseStereo() returns without registering the effect
* function if the audio device is not configured for stereo output.
*
* If you specify MIX_CHANNEL_POST for (channel), then this the effect is used
* on the final mixed stream before sending it on to the audio device (a
* posteffect).
*
* returns zero if error (no such channel or Mix_RegisterEffect() fails),
* nonzero if reversing effect is enabled. Note that an audio device in mono
* mode is a no-op, but this call will return successful in that case.
* Error messages can be retrieved from Mix_GetError().
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetReverseStereo(int channel, int flip);
/* end of effects API. --ryan. */
/* Reserve the first channels (0 -> n-1) for the application, i.e. don't allocate
them dynamically to the next sample if requested with a -1 value below.
Returns the number of reserved channels.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_ReserveChannels(int num);
/* Channel grouping functions */
/* Attach a tag to a channel. A tag can be assigned to several mixer
channels, to form groups of channels.
If 'tag' is -1, the tag is removed (actually -1 is the tag used to
represent the group of all the channels).
Returns true if everything was OK.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupChannel(int which, int tag);
/* Assign several consecutive channels to a group */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupChannels(int from, int to, int tag);
/* Finds the first available channel in a group of channels,
returning -1 if none are available.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupAvailable(int tag);
/* Returns the number of channels in a group. This is also a subtle
way to get the total number of channels when 'tag' is -1
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupCount(int tag);
/* Finds the "oldest" sample playing in a group of channels */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupOldest(int tag);
/* Finds the "most recent" (i.e. last) sample playing in a group of channels */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GroupNewer(int tag);
/* Play an audio chunk on a specific channel.
If the specified channel is -1, play on the first free channel.
If 'loops' is greater than zero, loop the sound that many times.
If 'loops' is -1, loop inifinitely (~65000 times).
Returns which channel was used to play the sound.
*/
#define Mix_PlayChannel(channel,chunk,loops) Mix_PlayChannelTimed(channel,chunk,loops,-1)
/* The same as above, but the sound is played at most 'ticks' milliseconds */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_PlayChannelTimed(int channel, Mix_Chunk *chunk, int loops, int ticks);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_PlayMusic(Mix_Music *music, int loops);
/* Fade in music or a channel over "ms" milliseconds, same semantics as the "Play" functions */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeInMusic(Mix_Music *music, int loops, int ms);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeInMusicPos(Mix_Music *music, int loops, int ms, double position);
#define Mix_FadeInChannel(channel,chunk,loops,ms) Mix_FadeInChannelTimed(channel,chunk,loops,ms,-1)
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeInChannelTimed(int channel, Mix_Chunk *chunk, int loops, int ms, int ticks);
/* Set the volume in the range of 0-128 of a specific channel or chunk.
If the specified channel is -1, set volume for all channels.
Returns the original volume.
If the specified volume is -1, just return the current volume.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_Volume(int channel, int volume);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_VolumeChunk(Mix_Chunk *chunk, int volume);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_VolumeMusic(int volume);
/* Halt playing of a particular channel */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_HaltChannel(int channel);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_HaltGroup(int tag);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_HaltMusic(void);
/* Change the expiration delay for a particular channel.
The sample will stop playing after the 'ticks' milliseconds have elapsed,
or remove the expiration if 'ticks' is -1
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_ExpireChannel(int channel, int ticks);
/* Halt a channel, fading it out progressively till it's silent
The ms parameter indicates the number of milliseconds the fading
will take.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeOutChannel(int which, int ms);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeOutGroup(int tag, int ms);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_FadeOutMusic(int ms);
/* Query the fading status of a channel */
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Fading SDLCALL Mix_FadingMusic(void);
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Fading SDLCALL Mix_FadingChannel(int which);
/* Pause/Resume a particular channel */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_Pause(int channel);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_Resume(int channel);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_Paused(int channel);
/* Pause/Resume the music stream */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_PauseMusic(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_ResumeMusic(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_RewindMusic(void);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_PausedMusic(void);
/* Set the current position in the music stream.
This returns 0 if successful, or -1 if it failed or isn't implemented.
This function is only implemented for MOD music formats (set pattern
order number) and for OGG, FLAC, MP3_MAD, and MODPLUG music (set
position in seconds), at the moment.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetMusicPosition(double position);
/* Check the status of a specific channel.
If the specified channel is -1, check all channels.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_Playing(int channel);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_PlayingMusic(void);
/* Stop music and set external music playback command */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetMusicCMD(const char *command);
/* Synchro value is set by MikMod from modules while playing */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetSynchroValue(int value);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_GetSynchroValue(void);
/* Set/Get/Iterate SoundFonts paths to use by supported MIDI backends */
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_SetSoundFonts(const char *paths);
extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL Mix_GetSoundFonts(void);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL Mix_EachSoundFont(int (*function)(const char*, void*), void *data);
/* Get the Mix_Chunk currently associated with a mixer channel
Returns NULL if it's an invalid channel, or there's no chunk associated.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Mix_Chunk * SDLCALL Mix_GetChunk(int channel);
/* Close the mixer, halting all playing audio */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL Mix_CloseAudio(void);
/* We'll use SDL for reporting errors */
#define Mix_SetError SDL_SetError
#define Mix_GetError SDL_GetError
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_MIXER_H */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_mouse.h
*
* Include file for SDL mouse event handling.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_mouse_h
#define _SDL_mouse_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef struct SDL_Cursor SDL_Cursor; /* Implementation dependent */
/**
* \brief Cursor types for SDL_CreateSystemCursor.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_ARROW, /**< Arrow */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_IBEAM, /**< I-beam */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_WAIT, /**< Wait */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_CROSSHAIR, /**< Crosshair */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_WAITARROW, /**< Small wait cursor (or Wait if not available) */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE, /**< Double arrow pointing northwest and southeast */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW, /**< Double arrow pointing northeast and southwest */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEWE, /**< Double arrow pointing west and east */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENS, /**< Double arrow pointing north and south */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZEALL, /**< Four pointed arrow pointing north, south, east, and west */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO, /**< Slashed circle or crossbones */
SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND, /**< Hand */
SDL_NUM_SYSTEM_CURSORS
} SDL_SystemCursor;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Get the window which currently has mouse focus.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseFocus(void);
/**
* \brief Retrieve the current state of the mouse.
*
* The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
* be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
* mouse cursor position relative to the focus window for the currently
* selected mouse. You can pass NULL for either x or y.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetMouseState(int *x, int *y);
/**
* \brief Retrieve the relative state of the mouse.
*
* The current button state is returned as a button bitmask, which can
* be tested using the SDL_BUTTON(X) macros, and x and y are set to the
* mouse deltas since the last call to SDL_GetRelativeMouseState().
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseState(int *x, int *y);
/**
* \brief Moves the mouse to the given position within the window.
*
* \param window The window to move the mouse into, or NULL for the current mouse focus
* \param x The x coordinate within the window
* \param y The y coordinate within the window
*
* \note This function generates a mouse motion event
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WarpMouseInWindow(SDL_Window * window,
int x, int y);
/**
* \brief Set relative mouse mode.
*
* \param enabled Whether or not to enable relative mode
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if relative mode is not supported.
*
* While the mouse is in relative mode, the cursor is hidden, and the
* driver will try to report continuous motion in the current window.
* Only relative motion events will be delivered, the mouse position
* will not change.
*
* \note This function will flush any pending mouse motion.
*
* \sa SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode(SDL_bool enabled);
/**
* \brief Query whether relative mouse mode is enabled.
*
* \sa SDL_SetRelativeMouseMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode(void);
/**
* \brief Create a cursor, using the specified bitmap data and
* mask (in MSB format).
*
* The cursor width must be a multiple of 8 bits.
*
* The cursor is created in black and white according to the following:
* <table>
* <tr><td> data </td><td> mask </td><td> resulting pixel on screen </td></tr>
* <tr><td> 0 </td><td> 1 </td><td> White </td></tr>
* <tr><td> 1 </td><td> 1 </td><td> Black </td></tr>
* <tr><td> 0 </td><td> 0 </td><td> Transparent </td></tr>
* <tr><td> 1 </td><td> 0 </td><td> Inverted color if possible, black
* if not. </td></tr>
* </table>
*
* \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateCursor(const Uint8 * data,
const Uint8 * mask,
int w, int h, int hot_x,
int hot_y);
/**
* \brief Create a color cursor.
*
* \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateColorCursor(SDL_Surface *surface,
int hot_x,
int hot_y);
/**
* \brief Create a system cursor.
*
* \sa SDL_FreeCursor()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SystemCursor id);
/**
* \brief Set the active cursor.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetCursor(SDL_Cursor * cursor);
/**
* \brief Return the active cursor.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_GetCursor(void);
/**
* \brief Return the default cursor.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Cursor *SDLCALL SDL_GetDefaultCursor(void);
/**
* \brief Frees a cursor created with SDL_CreateCursor().
*
* \sa SDL_CreateCursor()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeCursor(SDL_Cursor * cursor);
/**
* \brief Toggle whether or not the cursor is shown.
*
* \param toggle 1 to show the cursor, 0 to hide it, -1 to query the current
* state.
*
* \return 1 if the cursor is shown, or 0 if the cursor is hidden.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ShowCursor(int toggle);
/**
* Used as a mask when testing buttons in buttonstate.
* - Button 1: Left mouse button
* - Button 2: Middle mouse button
* - Button 3: Right mouse button
*/
#define SDL_BUTTON(X) (1 << ((X)-1))
#define SDL_BUTTON_LEFT 1
#define SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE 2
#define SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT 3
#define SDL_BUTTON_X1 4
#define SDL_BUTTON_X2 5
#define SDL_BUTTON_LMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_LEFT)
#define SDL_BUTTON_MMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_MIDDLE)
#define SDL_BUTTON_RMASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_RIGHT)
#define SDL_BUTTON_X1MASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_X1)
#define SDL_BUTTON_X2MASK SDL_BUTTON(SDL_BUTTON_X2)
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_mouse_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_mutex_h
#define _SDL_mutex_h
/**
* \file SDL_mutex.h
*
* Functions to provide thread synchronization primitives.
*/
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* Synchronization functions which can time out return this value
* if they time out.
*/
#define SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT 1
/**
* This is the timeout value which corresponds to never time out.
*/
#define SDL_MUTEX_MAXWAIT (~(Uint32)0)
/**
* \name Mutex functions
*/
/*@{*/
/* The SDL mutex structure, defined in SDL_mutex.c */
struct SDL_mutex;
typedef struct SDL_mutex SDL_mutex;
/**
* Create a mutex, initialized unlocked.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_mutex *SDLCALL SDL_CreateMutex(void);
/**
* Lock the mutex.
*
* \return 0, or -1 on error.
*/
#define SDL_mutexP(m) SDL_LockMutex(m)
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
/**
* Try to lock the mutex
*
* \return 0, SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_TryLockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
/**
* Unlock the mutex.
*
* \return 0, or -1 on error.
*
* \warning It is an error to unlock a mutex that has not been locked by
* the current thread, and doing so results in undefined behavior.
*/
#define SDL_mutexV(m) SDL_UnlockMutex(m)
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UnlockMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
/**
* Destroy a mutex.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyMutex(SDL_mutex * mutex);
/*@}*//*Mutex functions*/
/**
* \name Semaphore functions
*/
/*@{*/
/* The SDL semaphore structure, defined in SDL_sem.c */
struct SDL_semaphore;
typedef struct SDL_semaphore SDL_sem;
/**
* Create a semaphore, initialized with value, returns NULL on failure.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_sem *SDLCALL SDL_CreateSemaphore(Uint32 initial_value);
/**
* Destroy a semaphore.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroySemaphore(SDL_sem * sem);
/**
* This function suspends the calling thread until the semaphore pointed
* to by \c sem has a positive count. It then atomically decreases the
* semaphore count.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWait(SDL_sem * sem);
/**
* Non-blocking variant of SDL_SemWait().
*
* \return 0 if the wait succeeds, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait would
* block, and -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemTryWait(SDL_sem * sem);
/**
* Variant of SDL_SemWait() with a timeout in milliseconds.
*
* \return 0 if the wait succeeds, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the wait does not
* succeed in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
*
* \warning On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a
* delay of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemWaitTimeout(SDL_sem * sem, Uint32 ms);
/**
* Atomically increases the semaphore's count (not blocking).
*
* \return 0, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SemPost(SDL_sem * sem);
/**
* Returns the current count of the semaphore.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_SemValue(SDL_sem * sem);
/*@}*//*Semaphore functions*/
/**
* \name Condition variable functions
*/
/*@{*/
/* The SDL condition variable structure, defined in SDL_cond.c */
struct SDL_cond;
typedef struct SDL_cond SDL_cond;
/**
* Create a condition variable.
*
* Typical use of condition variables:
*
* Thread A:
* SDL_LockMutex(lock);
* while ( ! condition ) {
* SDL_CondWait(cond, lock);
* }
* SDL_UnlockMutex(lock);
*
* Thread B:
* SDL_LockMutex(lock);
* ...
* condition = true;
* ...
* SDL_CondSignal(cond);
* SDL_UnlockMutex(lock);
*
* There is some discussion whether to signal the condition variable
* with the mutex locked or not. There is some potential performance
* benefit to unlocking first on some platforms, but there are some
* potential race conditions depending on how your code is structured.
*
* In general it's safer to signal the condition variable while the
* mutex is locked.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_cond *SDLCALL SDL_CreateCond(void);
/**
* Destroy a condition variable.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyCond(SDL_cond * cond);
/**
* Restart one of the threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
*
* \return 0 or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondSignal(SDL_cond * cond);
/**
* Restart all threads that are waiting on the condition variable.
*
* \return 0 or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondBroadcast(SDL_cond * cond);
/**
* Wait on the condition variable, unlocking the provided mutex.
*
* \warning The mutex must be locked before entering this function!
*
* The mutex is re-locked once the condition variable is signaled.
*
* \return 0 when it is signaled, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWait(SDL_cond * cond, SDL_mutex * mutex);
/**
* Waits for at most \c ms milliseconds, and returns 0 if the condition
* variable is signaled, ::SDL_MUTEX_TIMEDOUT if the condition is not
* signaled in the allotted time, and -1 on error.
*
* \warning On some platforms this function is implemented by looping with a
* delay of 1 ms, and so should be avoided if possible.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CondWaitTimeout(SDL_cond * cond,
SDL_mutex * mutex, Uint32 ms);
/*@}*//*Condition variable functions*/
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_mutex_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
#ifndef _SDLname_h_
#define _SDLname_h_
#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(__cplusplus)
#define NeedFunctionPrototypes 1
#endif
#define SDL_NAME(X) SDL_##X
#endif /* _SDLname_h_ */

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

View file

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_opengles.h
*
* This is a simple file to encapsulate the OpenGL ES 1.X API headers.
*/
#ifdef __IPHONEOS__
#include <OpenGLES/ES1/gl.h>
#include <OpenGLES/ES1/glext.h>
#else
#include <GLES/gl.h>
#include <GLES/glext.h>
#endif
#ifndef APIENTRY
#define APIENTRY
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_opengles.h
*
* This is a simple file to encapsulate the OpenGL ES 2.0 API headers.
*/
#ifdef __IPHONEOS__
#include <OpenGLES/ES2/gl.h>
#include <OpenGLES/ES2/glext.h>
#else
#include <GLES2/gl2.h>
#include <GLES2/gl2ext.h>
#endif
#ifndef APIENTRY
#define APIENTRY
#endif

View file

@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_pixels.h
*
* Header for the enumerated pixel format definitions.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_pixels_h
#define _SDL_pixels_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \name Transparency definitions
*
* These define alpha as the opacity of a surface.
*/
/*@{*/
#define SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE 255
#define SDL_ALPHA_TRANSPARENT 0
/*@}*/
/** Pixel type. */
enum
{
SDL_PIXELTYPE_UNKNOWN,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX1,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX4,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX8,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED8,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU8,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU16,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU32,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYF16,
SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYF32
};
/** Bitmap pixel order, high bit -> low bit. */
enum
{
SDL_BITMAPORDER_NONE,
SDL_BITMAPORDER_4321,
SDL_BITMAPORDER_1234
};
/** Packed component order, high bit -> low bit. */
enum
{
SDL_PACKEDORDER_NONE,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBX,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRX,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR,
SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA
};
/** Array component order, low byte -> high byte. */
enum
{
SDL_ARRAYORDER_NONE,
SDL_ARRAYORDER_RGB,
SDL_ARRAYORDER_RGBA,
SDL_ARRAYORDER_ARGB,
SDL_ARRAYORDER_BGR,
SDL_ARRAYORDER_BGRA,
SDL_ARRAYORDER_ABGR
};
/** Packed component layout. */
enum
{
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_NONE,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_332,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_5551,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_565,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_2101010,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1010102
};
#define SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC(A, B, C, D) SDL_FOURCC(A, B, C, D)
#define SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(type, order, layout, bits, bytes) \
((1 << 28) | ((type) << 24) | ((order) << 20) | ((layout) << 16) | \
((bits) << 8) | ((bytes) << 0))
#define SDL_PIXELFLAG(X) (((X) >> 28) & 0x0F)
#define SDL_PIXELTYPE(X) (((X) >> 24) & 0x0F)
#define SDL_PIXELORDER(X) (((X) >> 20) & 0x0F)
#define SDL_PIXELLAYOUT(X) (((X) >> 16) & 0x0F)
#define SDL_BITSPERPIXEL(X) (((X) >> 8) & 0xFF)
#define SDL_BYTESPERPIXEL(X) \
(SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_FOURCC(X) ? \
((((X) == SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YUY2) || \
((X) == SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UYVY) || \
((X) == SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YVYU)) ? 2 : 1) : (((X) >> 0) & 0xFF))
#define SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_INDEXED(format) \
(!SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_FOURCC(format) && \
((SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX1) || \
(SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX4) || \
(SDL_PIXELTYPE(format) == SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX8)))
#define SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_ALPHA(format) \
(!SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_FOURCC(format) && \
((SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB) || \
(SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA) || \
(SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR) || \
(SDL_PIXELORDER(format) == SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA)))
/* The flag is set to 1 because 0x1? is not in the printable ASCII range */
#define SDL_ISPIXELFORMAT_FOURCC(format) \
((format) && (SDL_PIXELFLAG(format) != 1))
/* Note: If you modify this list, update SDL_GetPixelFormatName() */
enum
{
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN,
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX1LSB =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX1, SDL_BITMAPORDER_4321, 0,
1, 0),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX1MSB =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX1, SDL_BITMAPORDER_1234, 0,
1, 0),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX4LSB =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX4, SDL_BITMAPORDER_4321, 0,
4, 0),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX4MSB =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX4, SDL_BITMAPORDER_1234, 0,
4, 0),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_INDEX8 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_INDEX8, 0, 0, 8, 1),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB332 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED8, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_332, 8, 1),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB444 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 12, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB555 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 15, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR555 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 15, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB4444 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA4444 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR4444 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRA4444 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_4444, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB1555 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA5551 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_5551, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR1555 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_1555, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRA5551 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_5551, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB565 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_565, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR565 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED16, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_565, 16, 2),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB24 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU8, SDL_ARRAYORDER_RGB, 0,
24, 3),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR24 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_ARRAYU8, SDL_ARRAYORDER_BGR, 0,
24, 3),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGB888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XRGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBX8888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBX,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGR888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_XBGR,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRX8888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRX,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 24, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB8888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 32, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_RGBA8888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_RGBA,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 32, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ABGR8888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ABGR,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 32, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_BGRA8888 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_BGRA,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_8888, 32, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_ARGB2101010 =
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFORMAT(SDL_PIXELTYPE_PACKED32, SDL_PACKEDORDER_ARGB,
SDL_PACKEDLAYOUT_2101010, 32, 4),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YV12 = /**< Planar mode: Y + V + U (3 planes) */
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('Y', 'V', '1', '2'),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_IYUV = /**< Planar mode: Y + U + V (3 planes) */
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('I', 'Y', 'U', 'V'),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YUY2 = /**< Packed mode: Y0+U0+Y1+V0 (1 plane) */
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('Y', 'U', 'Y', '2'),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UYVY = /**< Packed mode: U0+Y0+V0+Y1 (1 plane) */
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('U', 'Y', 'V', 'Y'),
SDL_PIXELFORMAT_YVYU = /**< Packed mode: Y0+V0+Y1+U0 (1 plane) */
SDL_DEFINE_PIXELFOURCC('Y', 'V', 'Y', 'U')
};
typedef struct SDL_Color
{
Uint8 r;
Uint8 g;
Uint8 b;
Uint8 a;
} SDL_Color;
#define SDL_Colour SDL_Color
typedef struct SDL_Palette
{
int ncolors;
SDL_Color *colors;
Uint32 version;
int refcount;
} SDL_Palette;
/**
* \note Everything in the pixel format structure is read-only.
*/
typedef struct SDL_PixelFormat
{
Uint32 format;
SDL_Palette *palette;
Uint8 BitsPerPixel;
Uint8 BytesPerPixel;
Uint8 padding[2];
Uint32 Rmask;
Uint32 Gmask;
Uint32 Bmask;
Uint32 Amask;
Uint8 Rloss;
Uint8 Gloss;
Uint8 Bloss;
Uint8 Aloss;
Uint8 Rshift;
Uint8 Gshift;
Uint8 Bshift;
Uint8 Ashift;
int refcount;
struct SDL_PixelFormat *next;
} SDL_PixelFormat;
/**
* \brief Get the human readable name of a pixel format
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char* SDLCALL SDL_GetPixelFormatName(Uint32 format);
/**
* \brief Convert one of the enumerated pixel formats to a bpp and RGBA masks.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE, or SDL_FALSE if the conversion wasn't possible.
*
* \sa SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks(Uint32 format,
int *bpp,
Uint32 * Rmask,
Uint32 * Gmask,
Uint32 * Bmask,
Uint32 * Amask);
/**
* \brief Convert a bpp and RGBA masks to an enumerated pixel format.
*
* \return The pixel format, or ::SDL_PIXELFORMAT_UNKNOWN if the conversion
* wasn't possible.
*
* \sa SDL_PixelFormatEnumToMasks()
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MasksToPixelFormatEnum(int bpp,
Uint32 Rmask,
Uint32 Gmask,
Uint32 Bmask,
Uint32 Amask);
/**
* \brief Create an SDL_PixelFormat structure from a pixel format enum.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_PixelFormat * SDLCALL SDL_AllocFormat(Uint32 pixel_format);
/**
* \brief Free an SDL_PixelFormat structure.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeFormat(SDL_PixelFormat *format);
/**
* \brief Create a palette structure with the specified number of color
* entries.
*
* \return A new palette, or NULL if there wasn't enough memory.
*
* \note The palette entries are initialized to white.
*
* \sa SDL_FreePalette()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Palette *SDLCALL SDL_AllocPalette(int ncolors);
/**
* \brief Set the palette for a pixel format structure.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetPixelFormatPalette(SDL_PixelFormat * format,
SDL_Palette *palette);
/**
* \brief Set a range of colors in a palette.
*
* \param palette The palette to modify.
* \param colors An array of colors to copy into the palette.
* \param firstcolor The index of the first palette entry to modify.
* \param ncolors The number of entries to modify.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if not all of the colors could be set.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetPaletteColors(SDL_Palette * palette,
const SDL_Color * colors,
int firstcolor, int ncolors);
/**
* \brief Free a palette created with SDL_AllocPalette().
*
* \sa SDL_AllocPalette()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreePalette(SDL_Palette * palette);
/**
* \brief Maps an RGB triple to an opaque pixel value for a given pixel format.
*
* \sa SDL_MapRGBA
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGB(const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
/**
* \brief Maps an RGBA quadruple to a pixel value for a given pixel format.
*
* \sa SDL_MapRGB
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_MapRGBA(const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b,
Uint8 a);
/**
* \brief Get the RGB components from a pixel of the specified format.
*
* \sa SDL_GetRGBA
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGB(Uint32 pixel,
const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g, Uint8 * b);
/**
* \brief Get the RGBA components from a pixel of the specified format.
*
* \sa SDL_GetRGB
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetRGBA(Uint32 pixel,
const SDL_PixelFormat * format,
Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g, Uint8 * b,
Uint8 * a);
/**
* \brief Calculate a 256 entry gamma ramp for a gamma value.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_CalculateGammaRamp(float gamma, Uint16 * ramp);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_pixels_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,151 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_platform.h
*
* Try to get a standard set of platform defines.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_platform_h
#define _SDL_platform_h
#if defined(_AIX)
#undef __AIX__
#define __AIX__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__BEOS__)
#undef __BEOS__
#define __BEOS__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__HAIKU__)
#undef __HAIKU__
#define __HAIKU__ 1
#endif
#if defined(bsdi) || defined(__bsdi) || defined(__bsdi__)
#undef __BSDI__
#define __BSDI__ 1
#endif
#if defined(_arch_dreamcast)
#undef __DREAMCAST__
#define __DREAMCAST__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__FreeBSD_kernel__) || defined(__DragonFly__)
#undef __FREEBSD__
#define __FREEBSD__ 1
#endif
#if defined(hpux) || defined(__hpux) || defined(__hpux__)
#undef __HPUX__
#define __HPUX__ 1
#endif
#if defined(sgi) || defined(__sgi) || defined(__sgi__) || defined(_SGI_SOURCE)
#undef __IRIX__
#define __IRIX__ 1
#endif
#if defined(linux) || defined(__linux) || defined(__linux__)
#undef __LINUX__
#define __LINUX__ 1
#endif
#if defined(ANDROID)
#undef __ANDROID__
#undef __LINUX__ /*do we need to do this?*/
#define __ANDROID__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__APPLE__)
/* lets us know what version of Mac OS X we're compiling on */
#include "AvailabilityMacros.h"
#include "TargetConditionals.h"
#if TARGET_OS_IPHONE
/* if compiling for iPhone */
#undef __IPHONEOS__
#define __IPHONEOS__ 1
#undef __MACOSX__
#else
/* if not compiling for iPhone */
#undef __MACOSX__
#define __MACOSX__ 1
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050
# error SDL for Mac OS X only supports deploying on 10.5 and above.
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1050 */
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1060
# error SDL for Mac OS X must be built with a 10.6 SDK or above.
#endif /* MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MAX_ALLOWED < 1060 */
#endif /* TARGET_OS_IPHONE */
#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) */
#if defined(__NetBSD__)
#undef __NETBSD__
#define __NETBSD__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__OpenBSD__)
#undef __OPENBSD__
#define __OPENBSD__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__OS2__)
#undef __OS2__
#define __OS2__ 1
#endif
#if defined(osf) || defined(__osf) || defined(__osf__) || defined(_OSF_SOURCE)
#undef __OSF__
#define __OSF__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__QNXNTO__)
#undef __QNXNTO__
#define __QNXNTO__ 1
#endif
#if defined(riscos) || defined(__riscos) || defined(__riscos__)
#undef __RISCOS__
#define __RISCOS__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__SVR4)
#undef __SOLARIS__
#define __SOLARIS__ 1
#endif
#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__)
#undef __WIN32__
#define __WIN32__ 1
#endif
#if defined(__PSP__)
#undef __PSP__
#define __PSP__ 1
#endif
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Gets the name of the platform.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetPlatform (void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_platform_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_power_h
#define _SDL_power_h
/**
* \file SDL_power.h
*
* Header for the SDL power management routines.
*/
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief The basic state for the system's power supply.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_POWERSTATE_UNKNOWN, /**< cannot determine power status */
SDL_POWERSTATE_ON_BATTERY, /**< Not plugged in, running on the battery */
SDL_POWERSTATE_NO_BATTERY, /**< Plugged in, no battery available */
SDL_POWERSTATE_CHARGING, /**< Plugged in, charging battery */
SDL_POWERSTATE_CHARGED /**< Plugged in, battery charged */
} SDL_PowerState;
/**
* \brief Get the current power supply details.
*
* \param secs Seconds of battery life left. You can pass a NULL here if
* you don't care. Will return -1 if we can't determine a
* value, or we're not running on a battery.
*
* \param pct Percentage of battery life left, between 0 and 100. You can
* pass a NULL here if you don't care. Will return -1 if we
* can't determine a value, or we're not running on a battery.
*
* \return The state of the battery (if any).
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_PowerState SDLCALL SDL_GetPowerInfo(int *secs, int *pct);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_power_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_quit.h
*
* Include file for SDL quit event handling.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_quit_h
#define _SDL_quit_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
/**
* \file SDL_quit.h
*
* An ::SDL_QUIT event is generated when the user tries to close the application
* window. If it is ignored or filtered out, the window will remain open.
* If it is not ignored or filtered, it is queued normally and the window
* is allowed to close. When the window is closed, screen updates will
* complete, but have no effect.
*
* SDL_Init() installs signal handlers for SIGINT (keyboard interrupt)
* and SIGTERM (system termination request), if handlers do not already
* exist, that generate ::SDL_QUIT events as well. There is no way
* to determine the cause of an ::SDL_QUIT event, but setting a signal
* handler in your application will override the default generation of
* quit events for that signal.
*
* \sa SDL_Quit()
*/
/* There are no functions directly affecting the quit event */
#define SDL_QuitRequested() \
(SDL_PumpEvents(), (SDL_PeepEvents(NULL,0,SDL_PEEKEVENT,SDL_QUIT,SDL_QUIT) > 0))
#endif /* _SDL_quit_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_rect.h
*
* Header file for SDL_rect definition and management functions.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_rect_h
#define _SDL_rect_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_pixels.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief The structure that defines a point
*
* \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
*/
typedef struct
{
int x;
int y;
} SDL_Point;
/**
* \brief A rectangle, with the origin at the upper left.
*
* \sa SDL_RectEmpty
* \sa SDL_RectEquals
* \sa SDL_HasIntersection
* \sa SDL_IntersectRect
* \sa SDL_UnionRect
* \sa SDL_EnclosePoints
*/
typedef struct SDL_Rect
{
int x, y;
int w, h;
} SDL_Rect;
/**
* \brief Returns true if the rectangle has no area.
*/
SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEmpty(const SDL_Rect *r)
{
return ((!r) || (r->w <= 0) || (r->h <= 0)) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE;
}
/**
* \brief Returns true if the two rectangles are equal.
*/
SDL_FORCE_INLINE SDL_bool SDL_RectEquals(const SDL_Rect *a, const SDL_Rect *b)
{
return (a && b && (a->x == b->x) && (a->y == b->y) &&
(a->w == b->w) && (a->h == b->h)) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE;
}
/**
* \brief Determine whether two rectangles intersect.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_HasIntersection(const SDL_Rect * A,
const SDL_Rect * B);
/**
* \brief Calculate the intersection of two rectangles.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IntersectRect(const SDL_Rect * A,
const SDL_Rect * B,
SDL_Rect * result);
/**
* \brief Calculate the union of two rectangles.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnionRect(const SDL_Rect * A,
const SDL_Rect * B,
SDL_Rect * result);
/**
* \brief Calculate a minimal rectangle enclosing a set of points
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if any points were within the clipping rect
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_EnclosePoints(const SDL_Point * points,
int count,
const SDL_Rect * clip,
SDL_Rect * result);
/**
* \brief Calculate the intersection of a rectangle and line segment.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if there is an intersection, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IntersectRectAndLine(const SDL_Rect *
rect, int *X1,
int *Y1, int *X2,
int *Y2);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_rect_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,845 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_render.h
*
* Header file for SDL 2D rendering functions.
*
* This API supports the following features:
* * single pixel points
* * single pixel lines
* * filled rectangles
* * texture images
*
* The primitives may be drawn in opaque, blended, or additive modes.
*
* The texture images may be drawn in opaque, blended, or additive modes.
* They can have an additional color tint or alpha modulation applied to
* them, and may also be stretched with linear interpolation.
*
* This API is designed to accelerate simple 2D operations. You may
* want more functionality such as polygons and particle effects and
* in that case you should use SDL's OpenGL/Direct3D support or one
* of the many good 3D engines.
*
* These functions must be called from the main thread.
* See this bug for details: http://bugzilla.libsdl.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1995
*/
#ifndef _SDL_render_h
#define _SDL_render_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_rect.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Flags used when creating a rendering context
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_RENDERER_SOFTWARE = 0x00000001, /**< The renderer is a software fallback */
SDL_RENDERER_ACCELERATED = 0x00000002, /**< The renderer uses hardware
acceleration */
SDL_RENDERER_PRESENTVSYNC = 0x00000004, /**< Present is synchronized
with the refresh rate */
SDL_RENDERER_TARGETTEXTURE = 0x00000008 /**< The renderer supports
rendering to texture */
} SDL_RendererFlags;
/**
* \brief Information on the capabilities of a render driver or context.
*/
typedef struct SDL_RendererInfo
{
const char *name; /**< The name of the renderer */
Uint32 flags; /**< Supported ::SDL_RendererFlags */
Uint32 num_texture_formats; /**< The number of available texture formats */
Uint32 texture_formats[16]; /**< The available texture formats */
int max_texture_width; /**< The maximimum texture width */
int max_texture_height; /**< The maximimum texture height */
} SDL_RendererInfo;
/**
* \brief The access pattern allowed for a texture.
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STATIC, /**< Changes rarely, not lockable */
SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING, /**< Changes frequently, lockable */
SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_TARGET /**< Texture can be used as a render target */
} SDL_TextureAccess;
/**
* \brief The texture channel modulation used in SDL_RenderCopy().
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_TEXTUREMODULATE_NONE = 0x00000000, /**< No modulation */
SDL_TEXTUREMODULATE_COLOR = 0x00000001, /**< srcC = srcC * color */
SDL_TEXTUREMODULATE_ALPHA = 0x00000002 /**< srcA = srcA * alpha */
} SDL_TextureModulate;
/**
* \brief Flip constants for SDL_RenderCopyEx
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_FLIP_NONE = 0x00000000, /**< Do not flip */
SDL_FLIP_HORIZONTAL = 0x00000001, /**< flip horizontally */
SDL_FLIP_VERTICAL = 0x00000002 /**< flip vertically */
} SDL_RendererFlip;
/**
* \brief A structure representing rendering state
*/
struct SDL_Renderer;
typedef struct SDL_Renderer SDL_Renderer;
/**
* \brief An efficient driver-specific representation of pixel data
*/
struct SDL_Texture;
typedef struct SDL_Texture SDL_Texture;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Get the number of 2D rendering drivers available for the current
* display.
*
* A render driver is a set of code that handles rendering and texture
* management on a particular display. Normally there is only one, but
* some drivers may have several available with different capabilities.
*
* \sa SDL_GetRenderDriverInfo()
* \sa SDL_CreateRenderer()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumRenderDrivers(void);
/**
* \brief Get information about a specific 2D rendering driver for the current
* display.
*
* \param index The index of the driver to query information about.
* \param info A pointer to an SDL_RendererInfo struct to be filled with
* information on the rendering driver.
*
* \return 0 on success, -1 if the index was out of range.
*
* \sa SDL_CreateRenderer()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderDriverInfo(int index,
SDL_RendererInfo * info);
/**
* \brief Create a window and default renderer
*
* \param width The width of the window
* \param height The height of the window
* \param window_flags The flags used to create the window
* \param window A pointer filled with the window, or NULL on error
* \param renderer A pointer filled with the renderer, or NULL on error
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_CreateWindowAndRenderer(
int width, int height, Uint32 window_flags,
SDL_Window **window, SDL_Renderer **renderer);
/**
* \brief Create a 2D rendering context for a window.
*
* \param window The window where rendering is displayed.
* \param index The index of the rendering driver to initialize, or -1 to
* initialize the first one supporting the requested flags.
* \param flags ::SDL_RendererFlags.
*
* \return A valid rendering context or NULL if there was an error.
*
* \sa SDL_CreateSoftwareRenderer()
* \sa SDL_GetRendererInfo()
* \sa SDL_DestroyRenderer()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Renderer * SDLCALL SDL_CreateRenderer(SDL_Window * window,
int index, Uint32 flags);
/**
* \brief Create a 2D software rendering context for a surface.
*
* \param surface The surface where rendering is done.
*
* \return A valid rendering context or NULL if there was an error.
*
* \sa SDL_CreateRenderer()
* \sa SDL_DestroyRenderer()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Renderer * SDLCALL SDL_CreateSoftwareRenderer(SDL_Surface * surface);
/**
* \brief Get the renderer associated with a window.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Renderer * SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderer(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Get information about a rendering context.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRendererInfo(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
SDL_RendererInfo * info);
/**
* \brief Get the output size of a rendering context.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRendererOutputSize(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
int *w, int *h);
/**
* \brief Create a texture for a rendering context.
*
* \param renderer The renderer.
* \param format The format of the texture.
* \param access One of the enumerated values in ::SDL_TextureAccess.
* \param w The width of the texture in pixels.
* \param h The height of the texture in pixels.
*
* \return The created texture is returned, or 0 if no rendering context was
* active, the format was unsupported, or the width or height were out
* of range.
*
* \sa SDL_QueryTexture()
* \sa SDL_UpdateTexture()
* \sa SDL_DestroyTexture()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL SDL_CreateTexture(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
Uint32 format,
int access, int w,
int h);
/**
* \brief Create a texture from an existing surface.
*
* \param renderer The renderer.
* \param surface The surface containing pixel data used to fill the texture.
*
* \return The created texture is returned, or 0 on error.
*
* \note The surface is not modified or freed by this function.
*
* \sa SDL_QueryTexture()
* \sa SDL_DestroyTexture()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL SDL_CreateTextureFromSurface(SDL_Renderer * renderer, SDL_Surface * surface);
/**
* \brief Query the attributes of a texture
*
* \param texture A texture to be queried.
* \param format A pointer filled in with the raw format of the texture. The
* actual format may differ, but pixel transfers will use this
* format.
* \param access A pointer filled in with the actual access to the texture.
* \param w A pointer filled in with the width of the texture in pixels.
* \param h A pointer filled in with the height of the texture in pixels.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_QueryTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
Uint32 * format, int *access,
int *w, int *h);
/**
* \brief Set an additional color value used in render copy operations.
*
* \param texture The texture to update.
* \param r The red color value multiplied into copy operations.
* \param g The green color value multiplied into copy operations.
* \param b The blue color value multiplied into copy operations.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid or color modulation
* is not supported.
*
* \sa SDL_GetTextureColorMod()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureColorMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
/**
* \brief Get the additional color value used in render copy operations.
*
* \param texture The texture to query.
* \param r A pointer filled in with the current red color value.
* \param g A pointer filled in with the current green color value.
* \param b A pointer filled in with the current blue color value.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_SetTextureColorMod()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureColorMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g,
Uint8 * b);
/**
* \brief Set an additional alpha value used in render copy operations.
*
* \param texture The texture to update.
* \param alpha The alpha value multiplied into copy operations.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid or alpha modulation
* is not supported.
*
* \sa SDL_GetTextureAlphaMod()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
Uint8 alpha);
/**
* \brief Get the additional alpha value used in render copy operations.
*
* \param texture The texture to query.
* \param alpha A pointer filled in with the current alpha value.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_SetTextureAlphaMod()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureAlphaMod(SDL_Texture * texture,
Uint8 * alpha);
/**
* \brief Set the blend mode used for texture copy operations.
*
* \param texture The texture to update.
* \param blendMode ::SDL_BlendMode to use for texture blending.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid or the blend mode is
* not supported.
*
* \note If the blend mode is not supported, the closest supported mode is
* chosen.
*
* \sa SDL_GetTextureBlendMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetTextureBlendMode(SDL_Texture * texture,
SDL_BlendMode blendMode);
/**
* \brief Get the blend mode used for texture copy operations.
*
* \param texture The texture to query.
* \param blendMode A pointer filled in with the current blend mode.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_SetTextureBlendMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetTextureBlendMode(SDL_Texture * texture,
SDL_BlendMode *blendMode);
/**
* \brief Update the given texture rectangle with new pixel data.
*
* \param texture The texture to update
* \param rect A pointer to the rectangle of pixels to update, or NULL to
* update the entire texture.
* \param pixels The raw pixel data.
* \param pitch The number of bytes between rows of pixel data.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid.
*
* \note This is a fairly slow function.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpdateTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
const SDL_Rect * rect,
const void *pixels, int pitch);
/**
* \brief Lock a portion of the texture for write-only pixel access.
*
* \param texture The texture to lock for access, which was created with
* ::SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING.
* \param rect A pointer to the rectangle to lock for access. If the rect
* is NULL, the entire texture will be locked.
* \param pixels This is filled in with a pointer to the locked pixels,
* appropriately offset by the locked area.
* \param pitch This is filled in with the pitch of the locked pixels.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the texture is not valid or was not created with ::SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_STREAMING.
*
* \sa SDL_UnlockTexture()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockTexture(SDL_Texture * texture,
const SDL_Rect * rect,
void **pixels, int *pitch);
/**
* \brief Unlock a texture, uploading the changes to video memory, if needed.
*
* \sa SDL_LockTexture()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockTexture(SDL_Texture * texture);
/**
* \brief Determines whether a window supports the use of render targets
*
* \param renderer The renderer that will be checked
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if supported, SDL_FALSE if not.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RenderTargetSupported(SDL_Renderer *renderer);
/**
* \brief Set a texture as the current rendering target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer.
* \param texture The targeted texture, which must be created with the SDL_TEXTUREACCESS_TARGET flag, or NULL for the default render target
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*
* \sa SDL_GetRenderTarget()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRenderTarget(SDL_Renderer *renderer,
SDL_Texture *texture);
/**
* \brief Get the current render target or NULL for the default render target.
*
* \return The current render target
*
* \sa SDL_SetRenderTarget()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Texture * SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderTarget(SDL_Renderer *renderer);
/**
* \brief Set device independent resolution for rendering
*
* \param renderer The renderer for which resolution should be set.
* \param w The width of the logical resolution
* \param h The height of the logical resolution
*
* This function uses the viewport and scaling functionality to allow a fixed logical
* resolution for rendering, regardless of the actual output resolution. If the actual
* output resolution doesn't have the same aspect ratio the output rendering will be
* centered within the output display.
*
* If the output display is a window, mouse events in the window will be filtered
* and scaled so they seem to arrive within the logical resolution.
*
* \note If this function results in scaling or subpixel drawing by the
* rendering backend, it will be handled using the appropriate
* quality hints.
*
* \sa SDL_RenderGetLogicalSize()
* \sa SDL_RenderSetScale()
* \sa SDL_RenderSetViewport()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize(SDL_Renderer * renderer, int w, int h);
/**
* \brief Get device independent resolution for rendering
*
* \param renderer The renderer from which resolution should be queried.
* \param w A pointer filled with the width of the logical resolution
* \param h A pointer filled with the height of the logical resolution
*
* \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetLogicalSize(SDL_Renderer * renderer, int *w, int *h);
/**
* \brief Set the drawing area for rendering on the current target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer for which the drawing area should be set.
* \param rect The rectangle representing the drawing area, or NULL to set the viewport to the entire target.
*
* The x,y of the viewport rect represents the origin for rendering.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*
* \note If the window associated with the renderer is resized, the viewport is automatically reset.
*
* \sa SDL_RenderGetViewport()
* \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetViewport(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
const SDL_Rect * rect);
/**
* \brief Get the drawing area for the current target.
*
* \sa SDL_RenderSetViewport()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetViewport(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
SDL_Rect * rect);
/**
* \brief Set the clip rectangle for the current target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer for which clip rectangle should be set.
* \param rect A pointer to the rectangle to set as the clip rectangle, or
* NULL to disable clipping.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*
* \sa SDL_RenderGetClipRect()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetClipRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
const SDL_Rect * rect);
/**
* \brief Get the clip rectangle for the current target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer from which clip rectangle should be queried.
* \param rect A pointer filled in with the current clip rectangle, or
* an empty rectangle if clipping is disabled.
*
* \sa SDL_RenderSetClipRect()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetClipRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
SDL_Rect * rect);
/**
* \brief Set the drawing scale for rendering on the current target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer for which the drawing scale should be set.
* \param scaleX The horizontal scaling factor
* \param scaleY The vertical scaling factor
*
* The drawing coordinates are scaled by the x/y scaling factors
* before they are used by the renderer. This allows resolution
* independent drawing with a single coordinate system.
*
* \note If this results in scaling or subpixel drawing by the
* rendering backend, it will be handled using the appropriate
* quality hints. For best results use integer scaling factors.
*
* \sa SDL_RenderGetScale()
* \sa SDL_RenderSetLogicalSize()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderSetScale(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
float scaleX, float scaleY);
/**
* \brief Get the drawing scale for the current target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer from which drawing scale should be queried.
* \param scaleX A pointer filled in with the horizontal scaling factor
* \param scaleY A pointer filled in with the vertical scaling factor
*
* \sa SDL_RenderSetScale()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderGetScale(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
float *scaleX, float *scaleY);
/**
* \brief Set the color used for drawing operations (Rect, Line and Clear).
*
* \param renderer The renderer for which drawing color should be set.
* \param r The red value used to draw on the rendering target.
* \param g The green value used to draw on the rendering target.
* \param b The blue value used to draw on the rendering target.
* \param a The alpha value used to draw on the rendering target, usually
* ::SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE (255).
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_SetRenderDrawColor(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b,
Uint8 a);
/**
* \brief Get the color used for drawing operations (Rect, Line and Clear).
*
* \param renderer The renderer from which drawing color should be queried.
* \param r A pointer to the red value used to draw on the rendering target.
* \param g A pointer to the green value used to draw on the rendering target.
* \param b A pointer to the blue value used to draw on the rendering target.
* \param a A pointer to the alpha value used to draw on the rendering target,
* usually ::SDL_ALPHA_OPAQUE (255).
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDL_GetRenderDrawColor(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g, Uint8 * b,
Uint8 * a);
/**
* \brief Set the blend mode used for drawing operations (Fill and Line).
*
* \param renderer The renderer for which blend mode should be set.
* \param blendMode ::SDL_BlendMode to use for blending.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*
* \note If the blend mode is not supported, the closest supported mode is
* chosen.
*
* \sa SDL_GetRenderDrawBlendMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
SDL_BlendMode blendMode);
/**
* \brief Get the blend mode used for drawing operations.
*
* \param renderer The renderer from which blend mode should be queried.
* \param blendMode A pointer filled in with the current blend mode.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*
* \sa SDL_SetRenderDrawBlendMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRenderDrawBlendMode(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
SDL_BlendMode *blendMode);
/**
* \brief Clear the current rendering target with the drawing color
*
* This function clears the entire rendering target, ignoring the viewport.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderClear(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
/**
* \brief Draw a point on the current rendering target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer which should draw a point.
* \param x The x coordinate of the point.
* \param y The y coordinate of the point.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawPoint(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
int x, int y);
/**
* \brief Draw multiple points on the current rendering target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer which should draw multiple points.
* \param points The points to draw
* \param count The number of points to draw
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawPoints(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
const SDL_Point * points,
int count);
/**
* \brief Draw a line on the current rendering target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer which should draw a line.
* \param x1 The x coordinate of the start point.
* \param y1 The y coordinate of the start point.
* \param x2 The x coordinate of the end point.
* \param y2 The y coordinate of the end point.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawLine(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
/**
* \brief Draw a series of connected lines on the current rendering target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer which should draw multiple lines.
* \param points The points along the lines
* \param count The number of points, drawing count-1 lines
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawLines(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
const SDL_Point * points,
int count);
/**
* \brief Draw a rectangle on the current rendering target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer which should draw a rectangle.
* \param rect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL to outline the entire rendering target.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
const SDL_Rect * rect);
/**
* \brief Draw some number of rectangles on the current rendering target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer which should draw multiple rectangles.
* \param rects A pointer to an array of destination rectangles.
* \param count The number of rectangles.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderDrawRects(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
const SDL_Rect * rects,
int count);
/**
* \brief Fill a rectangle on the current rendering target with the drawing color.
*
* \param renderer The renderer which should fill a rectangle.
* \param rect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL for the entire
* rendering target.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderFillRect(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
const SDL_Rect * rect);
/**
* \brief Fill some number of rectangles on the current rendering target with the drawing color.
*
* \param renderer The renderer which should fill multiple rectangles.
* \param rects A pointer to an array of destination rectangles.
* \param count The number of rectangles.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderFillRects(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
const SDL_Rect * rects,
int count);
/**
* \brief Copy a portion of the texture to the current rendering target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer which should copy parts of a texture.
* \param texture The source texture.
* \param srcrect A pointer to the source rectangle, or NULL for the entire
* texture.
* \param dstrect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL for the
* entire rendering target.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderCopy(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
SDL_Texture * texture,
const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
const SDL_Rect * dstrect);
/**
* \brief Copy a portion of the source texture to the current rendering target, rotating it by angle around the given center
*
* \param renderer The renderer which should copy parts of a texture.
* \param texture The source texture.
* \param srcrect A pointer to the source rectangle, or NULL for the entire
* texture.
* \param dstrect A pointer to the destination rectangle, or NULL for the
* entire rendering target.
* \param angle An angle in degrees that indicates the rotation that will be applied to dstrect
* \param center A pointer to a point indicating the point around which dstrect will be rotated (if NULL, rotation will be done aroud dstrect.w/2, dstrect.h/2)
* \param flip An SDL_RendererFlip value stating which flipping actions should be performed on the texture
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderCopyEx(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
SDL_Texture * texture,
const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
const SDL_Rect * dstrect,
const double angle,
const SDL_Point *center,
const SDL_RendererFlip flip);
/**
* \brief Read pixels from the current rendering target.
*
* \param renderer The renderer from which pixels should be read.
* \param rect A pointer to the rectangle to read, or NULL for the entire
* render target.
* \param format The desired format of the pixel data, or 0 to use the format
* of the rendering target
* \param pixels A pointer to be filled in with the pixel data
* \param pitch The pitch of the pixels parameter.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if pixel reading is not supported.
*
* \warning This is a very slow operation, and should not be used frequently.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_RenderReadPixels(SDL_Renderer * renderer,
const SDL_Rect * rect,
Uint32 format,
void *pixels, int pitch);
/**
* \brief Update the screen with rendering performed.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RenderPresent(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
/**
* \brief Destroy the specified texture.
*
* \sa SDL_CreateTexture()
* \sa SDL_CreateTextureFromSurface()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyTexture(SDL_Texture * texture);
/**
* \brief Destroy the rendering context for a window and free associated
* textures.
*
* \sa SDL_CreateRenderer()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyRenderer(SDL_Renderer * renderer);
/**
* \brief Bind the texture to the current OpenGL/ES/ES2 context for use with
* OpenGL instructions.
*
* \param texture The SDL texture to bind
* \param texw A pointer to a float that will be filled with the texture width
* \param texh A pointer to a float that will be filled with the texture height
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the operation is not supported
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_BindTexture(SDL_Texture *texture, float *texw, float *texh);
/**
* \brief Unbind a texture from the current OpenGL/ES/ES2 context.
*
* \param texture The SDL texture to unbind
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the operation is not supported
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_UnbindTexture(SDL_Texture *texture);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_render_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
#define SDL_REVISION "hg-7563:5287c82340e3"
#define SDL_REVISION_NUMBER 7563

View file

@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_rwops.h
*
* This file provides a general interface for SDL to read and write
* data streams. It can easily be extended to files, memory, etc.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_rwops_h
#define _SDL_rwops_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* RWops Types */
#define SDL_RWOPS_UNKNOWN 0 /* Unknown stream type */
#define SDL_RWOPS_WINFILE 1 /* Win32 file */
#define SDL_RWOPS_STDFILE 2 /* Stdio file */
#define SDL_RWOPS_JNIFILE 3 /* Android asset */
#define SDL_RWOPS_MEMORY 4 /* Memory stream */
#define SDL_RWOPS_MEMORY_RO 5 /* Read-Only memory stream */
/**
* This is the read/write operation structure -- very basic.
*/
typedef struct SDL_RWops
{
/**
* Return the size of the file in this rwops, or -1 if unknown
*/
Sint64 (SDLCALL * size) (struct SDL_RWops * context);
/**
* Seek to \c offset relative to \c whence, one of stdio's whence values:
* RW_SEEK_SET, RW_SEEK_CUR, RW_SEEK_END
*
* \return the final offset in the data stream, or -1 on error.
*/
Sint64 (SDLCALL * seek) (struct SDL_RWops * context, Sint64 offset,
int whence);
/**
* Read up to \c maxnum objects each of size \c size from the data
* stream to the area pointed at by \c ptr.
*
* \return the number of objects read, or 0 at error or end of file.
*/
size_t (SDLCALL * read) (struct SDL_RWops * context, void *ptr,
size_t size, size_t maxnum);
/**
* Write exactly \c num objects each of size \c size from the area
* pointed at by \c ptr to data stream.
*
* \return the number of objects written, or 0 at error or end of file.
*/
size_t (SDLCALL * write) (struct SDL_RWops * context, const void *ptr,
size_t size, size_t num);
/**
* Close and free an allocated SDL_RWops structure.
*
* \return 0 if successful or -1 on write error when flushing data.
*/
int (SDLCALL * close) (struct SDL_RWops * context);
Uint32 type;
union
{
#if defined(ANDROID)
struct
{
void *fileNameRef;
void *inputStreamRef;
void *readableByteChannelRef;
void *readMethod;
void *assetFileDescriptorRef;
long position;
long size;
long offset;
int fd;
} androidio;
#elif defined(__WIN32__)
struct
{
SDL_bool append;
void *h;
struct
{
void *data;
size_t size;
size_t left;
} buffer;
} windowsio;
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
struct
{
SDL_bool autoclose;
FILE *fp;
} stdio;
#endif
struct
{
Uint8 *base;
Uint8 *here;
Uint8 *stop;
} mem;
struct
{
void *data1;
void *data2;
} unknown;
} hidden;
} SDL_RWops;
/**
* \name RWFrom functions
*
* Functions to create SDL_RWops structures from various data streams.
*/
/*@{*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFile(const char *file,
const char *mode);
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFP(FILE * fp,
SDL_bool autoclose);
#else
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromFP(void * fp,
SDL_bool autoclose);
#endif
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromMem(void *mem, int size);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_RWFromConstMem(const void *mem,
int size);
/*@}*//*RWFrom functions*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_RWops *SDLCALL SDL_AllocRW(void);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeRW(SDL_RWops * area);
#define RW_SEEK_SET 0 /**< Seek from the beginning of data */
#define RW_SEEK_CUR 1 /**< Seek relative to current read point */
#define RW_SEEK_END 2 /**< Seek relative to the end of data */
/**
* \name Read/write macros
*
* Macros to easily read and write from an SDL_RWops structure.
*/
/*@{*/
#define SDL_RWsize(ctx) (ctx)->size(ctx)
#define SDL_RWseek(ctx, offset, whence) (ctx)->seek(ctx, offset, whence)
#define SDL_RWtell(ctx) (ctx)->seek(ctx, 0, RW_SEEK_CUR)
#define SDL_RWread(ctx, ptr, size, n) (ctx)->read(ctx, ptr, size, n)
#define SDL_RWwrite(ctx, ptr, size, n) (ctx)->write(ctx, ptr, size, n)
#define SDL_RWclose(ctx) (ctx)->close(ctx)
/*@}*//*Read/write macros*/
/**
* \name Read endian functions
*
* Read an item of the specified endianness and return in native format.
*/
/*@{*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint8 SDLCALL SDL_ReadU8(SDL_RWops * src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE16(SDL_RWops * src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint16 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE16(SDL_RWops * src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE32(SDL_RWops * src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE32(SDL_RWops * src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadLE64(SDL_RWops * src);
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_ReadBE64(SDL_RWops * src);
/*@}*//*Read endian functions*/
/**
* \name Write endian functions
*
* Write an item of native format to the specified endianness.
*/
/*@{*/
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteU8(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint8 value);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE16(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint16 value);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE16(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint16 value);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE32(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint32 value);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE32(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint32 value);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteLE64(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint64 value);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_WriteBE64(SDL_RWops * dst, Uint64 value);
/*@}*//*Write endian functions*/
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_rwops_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_scancode.h
*
* Defines keyboard scancodes.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_scancode_h
#define _SDL_scancode_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
/**
* \brief The SDL keyboard scancode representation.
*
* Values of this type are used to represent keyboard keys, among other places
* in the \link SDL_Keysym::scancode key.keysym.scancode \endlink field of the
* SDL_Event structure.
*
* The values in this enumeration are based on the USB usage page standard:
* http://www.usb.org/developers/devclass_docs/Hut1_12v2.pdf
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_SCANCODE_UNKNOWN = 0,
/**
* \name Usage page 0x07
*
* These values are from usage page 0x07 (USB keyboard page).
*/
/*@{*/
SDL_SCANCODE_A = 4,
SDL_SCANCODE_B = 5,
SDL_SCANCODE_C = 6,
SDL_SCANCODE_D = 7,
SDL_SCANCODE_E = 8,
SDL_SCANCODE_F = 9,
SDL_SCANCODE_G = 10,
SDL_SCANCODE_H = 11,
SDL_SCANCODE_I = 12,
SDL_SCANCODE_J = 13,
SDL_SCANCODE_K = 14,
SDL_SCANCODE_L = 15,
SDL_SCANCODE_M = 16,
SDL_SCANCODE_N = 17,
SDL_SCANCODE_O = 18,
SDL_SCANCODE_P = 19,
SDL_SCANCODE_Q = 20,
SDL_SCANCODE_R = 21,
SDL_SCANCODE_S = 22,
SDL_SCANCODE_T = 23,
SDL_SCANCODE_U = 24,
SDL_SCANCODE_V = 25,
SDL_SCANCODE_W = 26,
SDL_SCANCODE_X = 27,
SDL_SCANCODE_Y = 28,
SDL_SCANCODE_Z = 29,
SDL_SCANCODE_1 = 30,
SDL_SCANCODE_2 = 31,
SDL_SCANCODE_3 = 32,
SDL_SCANCODE_4 = 33,
SDL_SCANCODE_5 = 34,
SDL_SCANCODE_6 = 35,
SDL_SCANCODE_7 = 36,
SDL_SCANCODE_8 = 37,
SDL_SCANCODE_9 = 38,
SDL_SCANCODE_0 = 39,
SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN = 40,
SDL_SCANCODE_ESCAPE = 41,
SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSPACE = 42,
SDL_SCANCODE_TAB = 43,
SDL_SCANCODE_SPACE = 44,
SDL_SCANCODE_MINUS = 45,
SDL_SCANCODE_EQUALS = 46,
SDL_SCANCODE_LEFTBRACKET = 47,
SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHTBRACKET = 48,
SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSLASH = 49, /**< Located at the lower left of the return
* key on ISO keyboards and at the right end
* of the QWERTY row on ANSI keyboards.
* Produces REVERSE SOLIDUS (backslash) and
* VERTICAL LINE in a US layout, REVERSE
* SOLIDUS and VERTICAL LINE in a UK Mac
* layout, NUMBER SIGN and TILDE in a UK
* Windows layout, DOLLAR SIGN and POUND SIGN
* in a Swiss German layout, NUMBER SIGN and
* APOSTROPHE in a German layout, GRAVE
* ACCENT and POUND SIGN in a French Mac
* layout, and ASTERISK and MICRO SIGN in a
* French Windows layout.
*/
SDL_SCANCODE_NONUSHASH = 50, /**< ISO USB keyboards actually use this code
* instead of 49 for the same key, but all
* OSes I've seen treat the two codes
* identically. So, as an implementor, unless
* your keyboard generates both of those
* codes and your OS treats them differently,
* you should generate SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSLASH
* instead of this code. As a user, you
* should not rely on this code because SDL
* will never generate it with most (all?)
* keyboards.
*/
SDL_SCANCODE_SEMICOLON = 51,
SDL_SCANCODE_APOSTROPHE = 52,
SDL_SCANCODE_GRAVE = 53, /**< Located in the top left corner (on both ANSI
* and ISO keyboards). Produces GRAVE ACCENT and
* TILDE in a US Windows layout and in US and UK
* Mac layouts on ANSI keyboards, GRAVE ACCENT
* and NOT SIGN in a UK Windows layout, SECTION
* SIGN and PLUS-MINUS SIGN in US and UK Mac
* layouts on ISO keyboards, SECTION SIGN and
* DEGREE SIGN in a Swiss German layout (Mac:
* only on ISO keyboards), CIRCUMFLEX ACCENT and
* DEGREE SIGN in a German layout (Mac: only on
* ISO keyboards), SUPERSCRIPT TWO and TILDE in a
* French Windows layout, COMMERCIAL AT and
* NUMBER SIGN in a French Mac layout on ISO
* keyboards, and LESS-THAN SIGN and GREATER-THAN
* SIGN in a Swiss German, German, or French Mac
* layout on ANSI keyboards.
*/
SDL_SCANCODE_COMMA = 54,
SDL_SCANCODE_PERIOD = 55,
SDL_SCANCODE_SLASH = 56,
SDL_SCANCODE_CAPSLOCK = 57,
SDL_SCANCODE_F1 = 58,
SDL_SCANCODE_F2 = 59,
SDL_SCANCODE_F3 = 60,
SDL_SCANCODE_F4 = 61,
SDL_SCANCODE_F5 = 62,
SDL_SCANCODE_F6 = 63,
SDL_SCANCODE_F7 = 64,
SDL_SCANCODE_F8 = 65,
SDL_SCANCODE_F9 = 66,
SDL_SCANCODE_F10 = 67,
SDL_SCANCODE_F11 = 68,
SDL_SCANCODE_F12 = 69,
SDL_SCANCODE_PRINTSCREEN = 70,
SDL_SCANCODE_SCROLLLOCK = 71,
SDL_SCANCODE_PAUSE = 72,
SDL_SCANCODE_INSERT = 73, /**< insert on PC, help on some Mac keyboards (but
does send code 73, not 117) */
SDL_SCANCODE_HOME = 74,
SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEUP = 75,
SDL_SCANCODE_DELETE = 76,
SDL_SCANCODE_END = 77,
SDL_SCANCODE_PAGEDOWN = 78,
SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHT = 79,
SDL_SCANCODE_LEFT = 80,
SDL_SCANCODE_DOWN = 81,
SDL_SCANCODE_UP = 82,
SDL_SCANCODE_NUMLOCKCLEAR = 83, /**< num lock on PC, clear on Mac keyboards
*/
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DIVIDE = 84,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MULTIPLY = 85,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MINUS = 86,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUS = 87,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_ENTER = 88,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_1 = 89,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_2 = 90,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_3 = 91,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_4 = 92,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_5 = 93,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_6 = 94,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_7 = 95,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_8 = 96,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_9 = 97,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_0 = 98,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERIOD = 99,
SDL_SCANCODE_NONUSBACKSLASH = 100, /**< This is the additional key that ISO
* keyboards have over ANSI ones,
* located between left shift and Y.
* Produces GRAVE ACCENT and TILDE in a
* US or UK Mac layout, REVERSE SOLIDUS
* (backslash) and VERTICAL LINE in a
* US or UK Windows layout, and
* LESS-THAN SIGN and GREATER-THAN SIGN
* in a Swiss German, German, or French
* layout. */
SDL_SCANCODE_APPLICATION = 101, /**< windows contextual menu, compose */
SDL_SCANCODE_POWER = 102, /**< The USB document says this is a status flag,
* not a physical key - but some Mac keyboards
* do have a power key. */
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALS = 103,
SDL_SCANCODE_F13 = 104,
SDL_SCANCODE_F14 = 105,
SDL_SCANCODE_F15 = 106,
SDL_SCANCODE_F16 = 107,
SDL_SCANCODE_F17 = 108,
SDL_SCANCODE_F18 = 109,
SDL_SCANCODE_F19 = 110,
SDL_SCANCODE_F20 = 111,
SDL_SCANCODE_F21 = 112,
SDL_SCANCODE_F22 = 113,
SDL_SCANCODE_F23 = 114,
SDL_SCANCODE_F24 = 115,
SDL_SCANCODE_EXECUTE = 116,
SDL_SCANCODE_HELP = 117,
SDL_SCANCODE_MENU = 118,
SDL_SCANCODE_SELECT = 119,
SDL_SCANCODE_STOP = 120,
SDL_SCANCODE_AGAIN = 121, /**< redo */
SDL_SCANCODE_UNDO = 122,
SDL_SCANCODE_CUT = 123,
SDL_SCANCODE_COPY = 124,
SDL_SCANCODE_PASTE = 125,
SDL_SCANCODE_FIND = 126,
SDL_SCANCODE_MUTE = 127,
SDL_SCANCODE_VOLUMEUP = 128,
SDL_SCANCODE_VOLUMEDOWN = 129,
/* not sure whether there's a reason to enable these */
/* SDL_SCANCODE_LOCKINGCAPSLOCK = 130, */
/* SDL_SCANCODE_LOCKINGNUMLOCK = 131, */
/* SDL_SCANCODE_LOCKINGSCROLLLOCK = 132, */
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_COMMA = 133,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EQUALSAS400 = 134,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL1 = 135, /**< used on Asian keyboards, see
footnotes in USB doc */
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL2 = 136,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL3 = 137, /**< Yen */
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL4 = 138,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL5 = 139,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL6 = 140,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL7 = 141,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL8 = 142,
SDL_SCANCODE_INTERNATIONAL9 = 143,
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG1 = 144, /**< Hangul/English toggle */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG2 = 145, /**< Hanja conversion */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG3 = 146, /**< Katakana */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG4 = 147, /**< Hiragana */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG5 = 148, /**< Zenkaku/Hankaku */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG6 = 149, /**< reserved */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG7 = 150, /**< reserved */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG8 = 151, /**< reserved */
SDL_SCANCODE_LANG9 = 152, /**< reserved */
SDL_SCANCODE_ALTERASE = 153, /**< Erase-Eaze */
SDL_SCANCODE_SYSREQ = 154,
SDL_SCANCODE_CANCEL = 155,
SDL_SCANCODE_CLEAR = 156,
SDL_SCANCODE_PRIOR = 157,
SDL_SCANCODE_RETURN2 = 158,
SDL_SCANCODE_SEPARATOR = 159,
SDL_SCANCODE_OUT = 160,
SDL_SCANCODE_OPER = 161,
SDL_SCANCODE_CLEARAGAIN = 162,
SDL_SCANCODE_CRSEL = 163,
SDL_SCANCODE_EXSEL = 164,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_00 = 176,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_000 = 177,
SDL_SCANCODE_THOUSANDSSEPARATOR = 178,
SDL_SCANCODE_DECIMALSEPARATOR = 179,
SDL_SCANCODE_CURRENCYUNIT = 180,
SDL_SCANCODE_CURRENCYSUBUNIT = 181,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LEFTPAREN = 182,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_RIGHTPAREN = 183,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LEFTBRACE = 184,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_RIGHTBRACE = 185,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_TAB = 186,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BACKSPACE = 187,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_A = 188,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_B = 189,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_C = 190,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_D = 191,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_E = 192,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_F = 193,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_XOR = 194,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_POWER = 195,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PERCENT = 196,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_LESS = 197,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_GREATER = 198,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_AMPERSAND = 199,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DBLAMPERSAND = 200,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_VERTICALBAR = 201,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DBLVERTICALBAR = 202,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_COLON = 203,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_HASH = 204,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_SPACE = 205,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_AT = 206,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_EXCLAM = 207,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMSTORE = 208,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMRECALL = 209,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMCLEAR = 210,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMADD = 211,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMSUBTRACT = 212,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMMULTIPLY = 213,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_MEMDIVIDE = 214,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_PLUSMINUS = 215,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_CLEAR = 216,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_CLEARENTRY = 217,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_BINARY = 218,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_OCTAL = 219,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_DECIMAL = 220,
SDL_SCANCODE_KP_HEXADECIMAL = 221,
SDL_SCANCODE_LCTRL = 224,
SDL_SCANCODE_LSHIFT = 225,
SDL_SCANCODE_LALT = 226, /**< alt, option */
SDL_SCANCODE_LGUI = 227, /**< windows, command (apple), meta */
SDL_SCANCODE_RCTRL = 228,
SDL_SCANCODE_RSHIFT = 229,
SDL_SCANCODE_RALT = 230, /**< alt gr, option */
SDL_SCANCODE_RGUI = 231, /**< windows, command (apple), meta */
SDL_SCANCODE_MODE = 257, /**< I'm not sure if this is really not covered
* by any of the above, but since there's a
* special KMOD_MODE for it I'm adding it here
*/
/*@}*//*Usage page 0x07*/
/**
* \name Usage page 0x0C
*
* These values are mapped from usage page 0x0C (USB consumer page).
*/
/*@{*/
SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIONEXT = 258,
SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOPREV = 259,
SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOSTOP = 260,
SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOPLAY = 261,
SDL_SCANCODE_AUDIOMUTE = 262,
SDL_SCANCODE_MEDIASELECT = 263,
SDL_SCANCODE_WWW = 264,
SDL_SCANCODE_MAIL = 265,
SDL_SCANCODE_CALCULATOR = 266,
SDL_SCANCODE_COMPUTER = 267,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_SEARCH = 268,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_HOME = 269,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BACK = 270,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_FORWARD = 271,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_STOP = 272,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_REFRESH = 273,
SDL_SCANCODE_AC_BOOKMARKS = 274,
/*@}*//*Usage page 0x0C*/
/**
* \name Walther keys
*
* These are values that Christian Walther added (for mac keyboard?).
*/
/*@{*/
SDL_SCANCODE_BRIGHTNESSDOWN = 275,
SDL_SCANCODE_BRIGHTNESSUP = 276,
SDL_SCANCODE_DISPLAYSWITCH = 277, /**< display mirroring/dual display
switch, video mode switch */
SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMTOGGLE = 278,
SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMDOWN = 279,
SDL_SCANCODE_KBDILLUMUP = 280,
SDL_SCANCODE_EJECT = 281,
SDL_SCANCODE_SLEEP = 282,
SDL_SCANCODE_APP1 = 283,
SDL_SCANCODE_APP2 = 284,
/*@}*//*Walther keys*/
/* Add any other keys here. */
SDL_NUM_SCANCODES = 512 /**< not a key, just marks the number of scancodes
for array bounds */
} SDL_Scancode;
#endif /* _SDL_scancode_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_shape_h
#define _SDL_shape_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_pixels.h"
#include "SDL_rect.h"
#include "SDL_surface.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** \file SDL_shape.h
*
* Header file for the shaped window API.
*/
#define SDL_NONSHAPEABLE_WINDOW -1
#define SDL_INVALID_SHAPE_ARGUMENT -2
#define SDL_WINDOW_LACKS_SHAPE -3
/**
* \brief Create a window that can be shaped with the specified position, dimensions, and flags.
*
* \param title The title of the window, in UTF-8 encoding.
* \param x The x position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
* ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
* \param y The y position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
* ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
* \param w The width of the window.
* \param h The height of the window.
* \param flags The flags for the window, a mask of SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS with any of the following:
* ::SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL, ::SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_GRABBED,
* ::SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN, ::SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE,
* ::SDL_WINDOW_MAXIMIZED, ::SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED,
* ::SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS is always set, and ::SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN is always unset.
*
* \return The window created, or NULL if window creation failed.
*
* \sa SDL_DestroyWindow()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_CreateShapedWindow(const char *title,unsigned int x,unsigned int y,unsigned int w,unsigned int h,Uint32 flags);
/**
* \brief Return whether the given window is a shaped window.
*
* \param window The window to query for being shaped.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the window is a window that can be shaped, SDL_FALSE if the window is unshaped or NULL.
* \sa SDL_CreateShapedWindow
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsShapedWindow(const SDL_Window *window);
/** \brief An enum denoting the specific type of contents present in an SDL_WindowShapeParams union. */
typedef enum {
/** \brief The default mode, a binarized alpha cutoff of 1. */
ShapeModeDefault,
/** \brief A binarized alpha cutoff with a given integer value. */
ShapeModeBinarizeAlpha,
/** \brief A binarized alpha cutoff with a given integer value, but with the opposite comparison. */
ShapeModeReverseBinarizeAlpha,
/** \brief A color key is applied. */
ShapeModeColorKey
} WindowShapeMode;
#define SDL_SHAPEMODEALPHA(mode) (mode == ShapeModeDefault || mode == ShapeModeBinarizeAlpha || mode == ShapeModeReverseBinarizeAlpha)
/** \brief A union containing parameters for shaped windows. */
typedef union {
/** \brief a cutoff alpha value for binarization of the window shape's alpha channel. */
Uint8 binarizationCutoff;
SDL_Color colorKey;
} SDL_WindowShapeParams;
/** \brief A struct that tags the SDL_WindowShapeParams union with an enum describing the type of its contents. */
typedef struct SDL_WindowShapeMode {
/** \brief The mode of these window-shape parameters. */
WindowShapeMode mode;
/** \brief Window-shape parameters. */
SDL_WindowShapeParams parameters;
} SDL_WindowShapeMode;
/**
* \brief Set the shape and parameters of a shaped window.
*
* \param window The shaped window whose parameters should be set.
* \param shape A surface encoding the desired shape for the window.
* \param shape_mode The parameters to set for the shaped window.
*
* \return 0 on success, SDL_INVALID_SHAPE_ARGUMENT on invalid an invalid shape argument, or SDL_NONSHAPEABLE_WINDOW
* if the SDL_Window* given does not reference a valid shaped window.
*
* \sa SDL_WindowShapeMode
* \sa SDL_GetShapedWindowMode.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowShape(SDL_Window *window,SDL_Surface *shape,SDL_WindowShapeMode *shape_mode);
/**
* \brief Get the shape parameters of a shaped window.
*
* \param window The shaped window whose parameters should be retrieved.
* \param shape_mode An empty shape-mode structure to fill, or NULL to check whether the window has a shape.
*
* \return 0 if the window has a shape and, provided shape_mode was not NULL, shape_mode has been filled with the mode
* data, SDL_NONSHAPEABLE_WINDOW if the SDL_Window given is not a shaped window, or SDL_WINDOW_LACKS_SHAPE if
* the SDL_Window* given is a shapeable window currently lacking a shape.
*
* \sa SDL_WindowShapeMode
* \sa SDL_SetWindowShape
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetShapedWindowMode(SDL_Window *window,SDL_WindowShapeMode *shape_mode);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_shape_h */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_stdinc.h
*
* This is a general header that includes C language support.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_stdinc_h
#define _SDL_stdinc_h
#include "SDL_config.h"
#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
#include <sys/types.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STDIO_H
#include <stdio.h>
#endif
#if defined(STDC_HEADERS)
# include <stdlib.h>
# include <stddef.h>
# include <stdarg.h>
#else
# if defined(HAVE_STDLIB_H)
# include <stdlib.h>
# elif defined(HAVE_MALLOC_H)
# include <malloc.h>
# endif
# if defined(HAVE_STDDEF_H)
# include <stddef.h>
# endif
# if defined(HAVE_STDARG_H)
# include <stdarg.h>
# endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
# if !defined(STDC_HEADERS) && defined(HAVE_MEMORY_H)
# include <memory.h>
# endif
# include <string.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_STRINGS_H
# include <strings.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)
# include <inttypes.h>
#elif defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)
# include <stdint.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CTYPE_H
# include <ctype.h>
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_MATH_H
# include <math.h>
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_ICONV) && defined(HAVE_ICONV_H)
# include <iconv.h>
#endif
/**
* The number of elements in an array.
*/
#define SDL_arraysize(array) (sizeof(array)/sizeof(array[0]))
#define SDL_TABLESIZE(table) SDL_arraysize(table)
/**
* \name Cast operators
*
* Use proper C++ casts when compiled as C++ to be compatible with the option
* -Wold-style-cast of GCC (and -Werror=old-style-cast in GCC 4.2 and above).
*/
/*@{*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define SDL_reinterpret_cast(type, expression) reinterpret_cast<type>(expression)
#define SDL_static_cast(type, expression) static_cast<type>(expression)
#define SDL_const_cast(type, expression) const_cast<type>(expression)
#else
#define SDL_reinterpret_cast(type, expression) ((type)(expression))
#define SDL_static_cast(type, expression) ((type)(expression))
#define SDL_const_cast(type, expression) ((type)(expression))
#endif
/*@}*//*Cast operators*/
/* Define a four character code as a Uint32 */
#define SDL_FOURCC(A, B, C, D) \
((SDL_static_cast(Uint32, SDL_static_cast(Uint8, (A))) << 0) | \
(SDL_static_cast(Uint32, SDL_static_cast(Uint8, (B))) << 8) | \
(SDL_static_cast(Uint32, SDL_static_cast(Uint8, (C))) << 16) | \
(SDL_static_cast(Uint32, SDL_static_cast(Uint8, (D))) << 24))
/**
* \name Basic data types
*/
/*@{*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_FALSE = 0,
SDL_TRUE = 1
} SDL_bool;
/**
* \brief A signed 8-bit integer type.
*/
typedef int8_t Sint8;
/**
* \brief An unsigned 8-bit integer type.
*/
typedef uint8_t Uint8;
/**
* \brief A signed 16-bit integer type.
*/
typedef int16_t Sint16;
/**
* \brief An unsigned 16-bit integer type.
*/
typedef uint16_t Uint16;
/**
* \brief A signed 32-bit integer type.
*/
typedef int32_t Sint32;
/**
* \brief An unsigned 32-bit integer type.
*/
typedef uint32_t Uint32;
/**
* \brief A signed 64-bit integer type.
*/
typedef int64_t Sint64;
/**
* \brief An unsigned 64-bit integer type.
*/
typedef uint64_t Uint64;
/*@}*//*Basic data types*/
#define SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(name, x) \
typedef int SDL_dummy_ ## name[(x) * 2 - 1]
/** \cond */
#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_IGNORE_THIS
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint8, sizeof(Uint8) == 1);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint8, sizeof(Sint8) == 1);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint16, sizeof(Uint16) == 2);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint16, sizeof(Sint16) == 2);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint32, sizeof(Uint32) == 4);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint32, sizeof(Sint32) == 4);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(uint64, sizeof(Uint64) == 8);
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(sint64, sizeof(Sint64) == 8);
#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_IGNORE_THIS */
/** \endcond */
/* Check to make sure enums are the size of ints, for structure packing.
For both Watcom C/C++ and Borland C/C++ the compiler option that makes
enums having the size of an int must be enabled.
This is "-b" for Borland C/C++ and "-ei" for Watcom C/C++ (v11).
*/
/** \cond */
#ifndef DOXYGEN_SHOULD_IGNORE_THIS
#if !defined(__ANDROID__)
/* TODO: include/SDL_stdinc.h:174: error: size of array 'SDL_dummy_enum' is negative */
typedef enum
{
DUMMY_ENUM_VALUE
} SDL_DUMMY_ENUM;
SDL_COMPILE_TIME_ASSERT(enum, sizeof(SDL_DUMMY_ENUM) == sizeof(int));
#endif
#endif /* DOXYGEN_SHOULD_IGNORE_THIS */
/** \endcond */
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#if defined(HAVE_ALLOCA) && !defined(alloca)
# if defined(HAVE_ALLOCA_H)
# include <alloca.h>
# elif defined(__GNUC__)
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# elif defined(_MSC_VER)
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# elif defined(__WATCOMC__)
# include <malloc.h>
# elif defined(__BORLANDC__)
# include <malloc.h>
# elif defined(__DMC__)
# include <stdlib.h>
# elif defined(__AIX__)
#pragma alloca
# elif defined(__MRC__)
void *alloca(unsigned);
# else
char *alloca();
# endif
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
#define SDL_stack_alloc(type, count) (type*)alloca(sizeof(type)*(count))
#define SDL_stack_free(data)
#else
#define SDL_stack_alloc(type, count) (type*)SDL_malloc(sizeof(type)*(count))
#define SDL_stack_free(data) SDL_free(data)
#endif
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_malloc(size_t size);
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size);
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_realloc(void *mem, size_t size);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_free(void *mem);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_getenv(const char *name);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int overwrite);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_qsort(void *base, size_t nmemb, size_t size, int (*compare) (const void *, const void *));
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_abs(int x);
/* !!! FIXME: these have side effects. You probably shouldn't use them. */
/* !!! FIXME: Maybe we do forceinline functions of SDL_mini, SDL_minf, etc? */
#define SDL_min(x, y) (((x) < (y)) ? (x) : (y))
#define SDL_max(x, y) (((x) > (y)) ? (x) : (y))
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_isdigit(int x);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_isspace(int x);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_toupper(int x);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_tolower(int x);
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_memset(void *dst, int c, size_t len);
#define SDL_zero(x) SDL_memset(&(x), 0, sizeof((x)))
#define SDL_zerop(x) SDL_memset((x), 0, sizeof(*(x)))
/* Note that memset() is a byte assignment and this is a 32-bit assignment, so they're not directly equivalent. */
SDL_FORCE_INLINE void SDL_memset4(void *dst, int val, size_t dwords)
{
#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(i386)
int u0, u1, u2;
__asm__ __volatile__ (
"cld \n\t"
"rep ; stosl \n\t"
: "=&D" (u0), "=&a" (u1), "=&c" (u2)
: "0" (dst), "1" (val), "2" (SDL_static_cast(Uint32, dwords))
: "memory"
);
#else
size_t _n = (dwords + 3) / 4;
Uint32 *_p = SDL_static_cast(Uint32 *, dst);
Uint32 _val = (val);
if (dwords == 0)
return;
switch (dwords % 4)
{
case 0: do { *_p++ = _val;
case 3: *_p++ = _val;
case 2: *_p++ = _val;
case 1: *_p++ = _val;
} while ( --_n );
}
#endif
}
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_memcpy(void *dst, const void *src, size_t len);
SDL_FORCE_INLINE void *SDL_memcpy4(void *dst, const void *src, size_t dwords)
{
return SDL_memcpy(dst, src, dwords * 4);
}
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_memmove(void *dst, const void *src, size_t len);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t len);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_wcslen(const wchar_t *wstr);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_wcslcpy(wchar_t *dst, const wchar_t *src, size_t maxlen);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_wcslcat(wchar_t *dst, const wchar_t *src, size_t maxlen);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_strlen(const char *str);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t maxlen);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_utf8strlcpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t dst_bytes);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_strlcat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t maxlen);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strdup(const char *str);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strrev(char *str);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strupr(char *str);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strlwr(char *str);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strchr(const char *str, int c);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strrchr(const char *str, int c);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_strstr(const char *haystack, const char *needle);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_itoa(int value, char *str, int radix);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_uitoa(unsigned int value, char *str, int radix);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_ltoa(long value, char *str, int radix);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_ultoa(unsigned long value, char *str, int radix);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_lltoa(Sint64 value, char *str, int radix);
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_ulltoa(Uint64 value, char *str, int radix);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_atoi(const char *str);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_atof(const char *str);
extern DECLSPEC long SDLCALL SDL_strtol(const char *str, char **endp, int base);
extern DECLSPEC unsigned long SDLCALL SDL_strtoul(const char *str, char **endp, int base);
extern DECLSPEC Sint64 SDLCALL SDL_strtoll(const char *str, char **endp, int base);
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_strtoull(const char *str, char **endp, int base);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_strtod(const char *str, char **endp);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strcmp(const char *str1, const char *str2);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strncmp(const char *str1, const char *str2, size_t maxlen);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strcasecmp(const char *str1, const char *str2);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_strncasecmp(const char *str1, const char *str2, size_t len);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_sscanf(const char *text, const char *fmt, ...);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_snprintf(char *text, size_t maxlen, const char *fmt, ...);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_vsnprintf(char *text, size_t maxlen, const char *fmt, va_list ap);
#ifndef HAVE_M_PI
#ifndef M_PI
#define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846264338327950288 /* pi */
#endif
#endif
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_atan(double x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_atan2(double x, double y);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_ceil(double x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_copysign(double x, double y);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_cos(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_cosf(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_fabs(double x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_floor(double x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_log(double x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_pow(double x, double y);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_scalbn(double x, int n);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_sin(double x);
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_sinf(float x);
extern DECLSPEC double SDLCALL SDL_sqrt(double x);
/* The SDL implementation of iconv() returns these error codes */
#define SDL_ICONV_ERROR (size_t)-1
#define SDL_ICONV_E2BIG (size_t)-2
#define SDL_ICONV_EILSEQ (size_t)-3
#define SDL_ICONV_EINVAL (size_t)-4
/* SDL_iconv_* are now always real symbols/types, not macros or inlined. */
typedef struct _SDL_iconv_t *SDL_iconv_t;
extern DECLSPEC SDL_iconv_t SDLCALL SDL_iconv_open(const char *tocode,
const char *fromcode);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_iconv_close(SDL_iconv_t cd);
extern DECLSPEC size_t SDLCALL SDL_iconv(SDL_iconv_t cd, const char **inbuf,
size_t * inbytesleft, char **outbuf,
size_t * outbytesleft);
/**
* This function converts a string between encodings in one pass, returning a
* string that must be freed with SDL_free() or NULL on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC char *SDLCALL SDL_iconv_string(const char *tocode,
const char *fromcode,
const char *inbuf,
size_t inbytesleft);
#define SDL_iconv_utf8_locale(S) SDL_iconv_string("", "UTF-8", S, SDL_strlen(S)+1)
#define SDL_iconv_utf8_ucs2(S) (Uint16 *)SDL_iconv_string("UCS-2-INTERNAL", "UTF-8", S, SDL_strlen(S)+1)
#define SDL_iconv_utf8_ucs4(S) (Uint32 *)SDL_iconv_string("UCS-4-INTERNAL", "UTF-8", S, SDL_strlen(S)+1)
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_stdinc_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,503 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_surface.h
*
* Header file for ::SDL_Surface definition and management functions.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_surface_h
#define _SDL_surface_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_pixels.h"
#include "SDL_rect.h"
#include "SDL_blendmode.h"
#include "SDL_rwops.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \name Surface flags
*
* These are the currently supported flags for the ::SDL_Surface.
*
* \internal
* Used internally (read-only).
*/
/*@{*/
#define SDL_SWSURFACE 0 /**< Just here for compatibility */
#define SDL_PREALLOC 0x00000001 /**< Surface uses preallocated memory */
#define SDL_RLEACCEL 0x00000002 /**< Surface is RLE encoded */
#define SDL_DONTFREE 0x00000004 /**< Surface is referenced internally */
/*@}*//*Surface flags*/
/**
* Evaluates to true if the surface needs to be locked before access.
*/
#define SDL_MUSTLOCK(S) (((S)->flags & SDL_RLEACCEL) != 0)
/**
* \brief A collection of pixels used in software blitting.
*
* \note This structure should be treated as read-only, except for \c pixels,
* which, if not NULL, contains the raw pixel data for the surface.
*/
typedef struct SDL_Surface
{
Uint32 flags; /**< Read-only */
SDL_PixelFormat *format; /**< Read-only */
int w, h; /**< Read-only */
int pitch; /**< Read-only */
void *pixels; /**< Read-write */
/** Application data associated with the surface */
void *userdata; /**< Read-write */
/** information needed for surfaces requiring locks */
int locked; /**< Read-only */
void *lock_data; /**< Read-only */
/** clipping information */
SDL_Rect clip_rect; /**< Read-only */
/** info for fast blit mapping to other surfaces */
struct SDL_BlitMap *map; /**< Private */
/** Reference count -- used when freeing surface */
int refcount; /**< Read-mostly */
} SDL_Surface;
/**
* \brief The type of function used for surface blitting functions.
*/
typedef int (*SDL_blit) (struct SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
struct SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
/**
* Allocate and free an RGB surface.
*
* If the depth is 4 or 8 bits, an empty palette is allocated for the surface.
* If the depth is greater than 8 bits, the pixel format is set using the
* flags '[RGB]mask'.
*
* If the function runs out of memory, it will return NULL.
*
* \param flags The \c flags are obsolete and should be set to 0.
* \param width The width in pixels of the surface to create.
* \param height The height in pixels of the surface to create.
* \param depth The depth in bits of the surface to create.
* \param Rmask The red mask of the surface to create.
* \param Gmask The green mask of the surface to create.
* \param Bmask The blue mask of the surface to create.
* \param Amask The alpha mask of the surface to create.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurface
(Uint32 flags, int width, int height, int depth,
Uint32 Rmask, Uint32 Gmask, Uint32 Bmask, Uint32 Amask);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_CreateRGBSurfaceFrom(void *pixels,
int width,
int height,
int depth,
int pitch,
Uint32 Rmask,
Uint32 Gmask,
Uint32 Bmask,
Uint32 Amask);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_FreeSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
/**
* \brief Set the palette used by a surface.
*
* \return 0, or -1 if the surface format doesn't use a palette.
*
* \note A single palette can be shared with many surfaces.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfacePalette(SDL_Surface * surface,
SDL_Palette * palette);
/**
* \brief Sets up a surface for directly accessing the pixels.
*
* Between calls to SDL_LockSurface() / SDL_UnlockSurface(), you can write
* to and read from \c surface->pixels, using the pixel format stored in
* \c surface->format. Once you are done accessing the surface, you should
* use SDL_UnlockSurface() to release it.
*
* Not all surfaces require locking. If SDL_MUSTLOCK(surface) evaluates
* to 0, then you can read and write to the surface at any time, and the
* pixel format of the surface will not change.
*
* No operating system or library calls should be made between lock/unlock
* pairs, as critical system locks may be held during this time.
*
* SDL_LockSurface() returns 0, or -1 if the surface couldn't be locked.
*
* \sa SDL_UnlockSurface()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LockSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
/** \sa SDL_LockSurface() */
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_UnlockSurface(SDL_Surface * surface);
/**
* Load a surface from a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file).
*
* If \c freesrc is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being read.
*
* The new surface should be freed with SDL_FreeSurface().
*
* \return the new surface, or NULL if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWops * src,
int freesrc);
/**
* Load a surface from a file.
*
* Convenience macro.
*/
#define SDL_LoadBMP(file) SDL_LoadBMP_RW(SDL_RWFromFile(file, "rb"), 1)
/**
* Save a surface to a seekable SDL data stream (memory or file).
*
* If \c freedst is non-zero, the stream will be closed after being written.
*
* \return 0 if successful or -1 if there was an error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SaveBMP_RW
(SDL_Surface * surface, SDL_RWops * dst, int freedst);
/**
* Save a surface to a file.
*
* Convenience macro.
*/
#define SDL_SaveBMP(surface, file) \
SDL_SaveBMP_RW(surface, SDL_RWFromFile(file, "wb"), 1)
/**
* \brief Sets the RLE acceleration hint for a surface.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid
*
* \note If RLE is enabled, colorkey and alpha blending blits are much faster,
* but the surface must be locked before directly accessing the pixels.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceRLE(SDL_Surface * surface,
int flag);
/**
* \brief Sets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
*
* \param surface The surface to update
* \param flag Non-zero to enable colorkey and 0 to disable colorkey
* \param key The transparent pixel in the native surface format
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid
*
* You can pass SDL_RLEACCEL to enable RLE accelerated blits.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetColorKey(SDL_Surface * surface,
int flag, Uint32 key);
/**
* \brief Gets the color key (transparent pixel) in a blittable surface.
*
* \param surface The surface to update
* \param key A pointer filled in with the transparent pixel in the native
* surface format
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid or colorkey is not
* enabled.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetColorKey(SDL_Surface * surface,
Uint32 * key);
/**
* \brief Set an additional color value used in blit operations.
*
* \param surface The surface to update.
* \param r The red color value multiplied into blit operations.
* \param g The green color value multiplied into blit operations.
* \param b The blue color value multiplied into blit operations.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_GetSurfaceColorMod()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceColorMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
Uint8 r, Uint8 g, Uint8 b);
/**
* \brief Get the additional color value used in blit operations.
*
* \param surface The surface to query.
* \param r A pointer filled in with the current red color value.
* \param g A pointer filled in with the current green color value.
* \param b A pointer filled in with the current blue color value.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_SetSurfaceColorMod()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceColorMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
Uint8 * r, Uint8 * g,
Uint8 * b);
/**
* \brief Set an additional alpha value used in blit operations.
*
* \param surface The surface to update.
* \param alpha The alpha value multiplied into blit operations.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_GetSurfaceAlphaMod()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceAlphaMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
Uint8 alpha);
/**
* \brief Get the additional alpha value used in blit operations.
*
* \param surface The surface to query.
* \param alpha A pointer filled in with the current alpha value.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_SetSurfaceAlphaMod()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceAlphaMod(SDL_Surface * surface,
Uint8 * alpha);
/**
* \brief Set the blend mode used for blit operations.
*
* \param surface The surface to update.
* \param blendMode ::SDL_BlendMode to use for blit blending.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the parameters are not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_GetSurfaceBlendMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode(SDL_Surface * surface,
SDL_BlendMode blendMode);
/**
* \brief Get the blend mode used for blit operations.
*
* \param surface The surface to query.
* \param blendMode A pointer filled in with the current blend mode.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the surface is not valid.
*
* \sa SDL_SetSurfaceBlendMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetSurfaceBlendMode(SDL_Surface * surface,
SDL_BlendMode *blendMode);
/**
* Sets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
*
* If the clip rectangle is NULL, clipping will be disabled.
*
* If the clip rectangle doesn't intersect the surface, the function will
* return SDL_FALSE and blits will be completely clipped. Otherwise the
* function returns SDL_TRUE and blits to the surface will be clipped to
* the intersection of the surface area and the clipping rectangle.
*
* Note that blits are automatically clipped to the edges of the source
* and destination surfaces.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_SetClipRect(SDL_Surface * surface,
const SDL_Rect * rect);
/**
* Gets the clipping rectangle for the destination surface in a blit.
*
* \c rect must be a pointer to a valid rectangle which will be filled
* with the correct values.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetClipRect(SDL_Surface * surface,
SDL_Rect * rect);
/**
* Creates a new surface of the specified format, and then copies and maps
* the given surface to it so the blit of the converted surface will be as
* fast as possible. If this function fails, it returns NULL.
*
* The \c flags parameter is passed to SDL_CreateRGBSurface() and has those
* semantics. You can also pass ::SDL_RLEACCEL in the flags parameter and
* SDL will try to RLE accelerate colorkey and alpha blits in the resulting
* surface.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_ConvertSurface
(SDL_Surface * src, SDL_PixelFormat * fmt, Uint32 flags);
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface *SDLCALL SDL_ConvertSurfaceFormat
(SDL_Surface * src, Uint32 pixel_format, Uint32 flags);
/**
* \brief Copy a block of pixels of one format to another format
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if there was an error
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_ConvertPixels(int width, int height,
Uint32 src_format,
const void * src, int src_pitch,
Uint32 dst_format,
void * dst, int dst_pitch);
/**
* Performs a fast fill of the given rectangle with \c color.
*
* If \c rect is NULL, the whole surface will be filled with \c color.
*
* The color should be a pixel of the format used by the surface, and
* can be generated by the SDL_MapRGB() function.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_FillRect
(SDL_Surface * dst, const SDL_Rect * rect, Uint32 color);
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_FillRects
(SDL_Surface * dst, const SDL_Rect * rects, int count, Uint32 color);
/**
* Performs a fast blit from the source surface to the destination surface.
*
* This assumes that the source and destination rectangles are
* the same size. If either \c srcrect or \c dstrect are NULL, the entire
* surface (\c src or \c dst) is copied. The final blit rectangles are saved
* in \c srcrect and \c dstrect after all clipping is performed.
*
* \return If the blit is successful, it returns 0, otherwise it returns -1.
*
* The blit function should not be called on a locked surface.
*
* The blit semantics for surfaces with and without blending and colorkey
* are defined as follows:
* \verbatim
RGBA->RGB:
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
alpha-blend (using the source alpha-channel and per-surface alpha)
SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
copy RGB.
if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
RGB values of the source color key, ignoring alpha in the
comparison.
RGB->RGBA:
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha)
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
copy RGB, set destination alpha to source per-surface alpha value.
both:
if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
source color key.
RGBA->RGBA:
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
alpha-blend (using the source alpha-channel and per-surface alpha)
SDL_SRCCOLORKEY ignored.
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
copy all of RGBA to the destination.
if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
RGB values of the source color key, ignoring alpha in the
comparison.
RGB->RGB:
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_BLEND:
alpha-blend (using the source per-surface alpha)
Source surface blend mode set to SDL_BLENDMODE_NONE:
copy RGB.
both:
if SDL_SRCCOLORKEY set, only copy the pixels matching the
source color key.
\endverbatim
*
* You should call SDL_BlitSurface() unless you know exactly how SDL
* blitting works internally and how to use the other blit functions.
*/
#define SDL_BlitSurface SDL_UpperBlit
/**
* This is the public blit function, SDL_BlitSurface(), and it performs
* rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlit()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpperBlit
(SDL_Surface * src, const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
/**
* This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
* blitting only.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LowerBlit
(SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
/**
* \brief Perform a fast, low quality, stretch blit between two surfaces of the
* same pixel format.
*
* \note This function uses a static buffer, and is not thread-safe.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SoftStretch(SDL_Surface * src,
const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
SDL_Surface * dst,
const SDL_Rect * dstrect);
#define SDL_BlitScaled SDL_UpperBlitScaled
/**
* This is the public scaled blit function, SDL_BlitScaled(), and it performs
* rectangle validation and clipping before passing it to SDL_LowerBlitScaled()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpperBlitScaled
(SDL_Surface * src, const SDL_Rect * srcrect,
SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
/**
* This is a semi-private blit function and it performs low-level surface
* scaled blitting only.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_LowerBlitScaled
(SDL_Surface * src, SDL_Rect * srcrect,
SDL_Surface * dst, SDL_Rect * dstrect);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_surface_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_system.h
*
* Include file for platform specific SDL API functions
*/
#ifndef _SDL_system_h
#define _SDL_system_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#if defined(__IPHONEOS__) && __IPHONEOS__
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "SDL_keyboard.h"
#endif
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Platform specific functions for iOS */
#if defined(__IPHONEOS__) && __IPHONEOS__
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_iPhoneSetAnimationCallback(SDL_Window * window, int interval, void (*callback)(void*), void *callbackParam);
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_iPhoneSetEventPump(SDL_bool enabled);
#endif /* __IPHONEOS__ */
/* Platform specific functions for Android */
#if defined(__ANDROID__) && __ANDROID__
/* Get the JNI environment for the current thread
This returns JNIEnv*, but the prototype is void* so we don't need jni.h
*/
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetJNIEnv();
/* Get the SDL Activity object for the application
This returns jobject, but the prototype is void* so we don't need jni.h
The jobject returned by SDL_AndroidGetActivity is a local reference.
It is the caller's responsibility to properly release it
(using env->Push/PopLocalFrame or manually with env->DeleteLocalRef)
*/
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetActivity();
/* See the official Android developer guide for more information:
http://developer.android.com/guide/topics/data/data-storage.html
*/
#define SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_READ 0x01
#define SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_WRITE 0x02
/* Get the path used for internal storage for this application.
This path is unique to your application and cannot be written to
by other applications.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetInternalStoragePath();
/* Get the current state of external storage, a bitmask of these values:
SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_READ
SDL_ANDROID_EXTERNAL_STORAGE_WRITE
If external storage is currently unavailable, this will return 0.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetExternalStorageState();
/* Get the path used for external storage for this application.
This path is unique to your application, but is public and can be
written to by other applications.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_AndroidGetExternalStoragePath();
#endif /* __ANDROID__ */
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_system_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_syswm.h
*
* Include file for SDL custom system window manager hooks.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_syswm_h
#define _SDL_syswm_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "SDL_version.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \file SDL_syswm.h
*
* Your application has access to a special type of event ::SDL_SYSWMEVENT,
* which contains window-manager specific information and arrives whenever
* an unhandled window event occurs. This event is ignored by default, but
* you can enable it with SDL_EventState().
*/
#ifdef SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY
struct SDL_SysWMinfo;
#else
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS)
#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
#include <windows.h>
#endif
/* This is the structure for custom window manager events */
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11)
#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)
/* conflicts with Quickdraw.h */
#define Cursor X11Cursor
#endif
#include <X11/Xlib.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h>
#if defined(__APPLE__) && defined(__MACH__)
/* matches the re-define above */
#undef Cursor
#endif
#endif /* defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11) */
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DIRECTFB)
#include <directfb.h>
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA)
#ifdef __OBJC__
#include <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
#else
typedef struct _NSWindow NSWindow;
#endif
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_UIKIT)
#ifdef __OBJC__
#include <UIKit/UIKit.h>
#else
typedef struct _UIWindow UIWindow;
#endif
#endif
/**
* These are the various supported windowing subsystems
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_SYSWM_UNKNOWN,
SDL_SYSWM_WINDOWS,
SDL_SYSWM_X11,
SDL_SYSWM_DIRECTFB,
SDL_SYSWM_COCOA,
SDL_SYSWM_UIKIT,
} SDL_SYSWM_TYPE;
/**
* The custom event structure.
*/
struct SDL_SysWMmsg
{
SDL_version version;
SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
union
{
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS)
struct {
HWND hwnd; /**< The window for the message */
UINT msg; /**< The type of message */
WPARAM wParam; /**< WORD message parameter */
LPARAM lParam; /**< LONG message parameter */
} win;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11)
struct {
XEvent event;
} x11;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DIRECTFB)
struct {
DFBEvent event;
} dfb;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA)
struct
{
/* No Cocoa window events yet */
} cocoa;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_UIKIT)
struct
{
/* No UIKit window events yet */
} uikit;
#endif
/* Can't have an empty union */
int dummy;
} msg;
};
/**
* The custom window manager information structure.
*
* When this structure is returned, it holds information about which
* low level system it is using, and will be one of SDL_SYSWM_TYPE.
*/
struct SDL_SysWMinfo
{
SDL_version version;
SDL_SYSWM_TYPE subsystem;
union
{
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_WINDOWS)
struct
{
HWND window; /**< The window handle */
} win;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_X11)
struct
{
Display *display; /**< The X11 display */
Window window; /**< The X11 window */
} x11;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_DIRECTFB)
struct
{
IDirectFB *dfb; /**< The directfb main interface */
IDirectFBWindow *window; /**< The directfb window handle */
IDirectFBSurface *surface; /**< The directfb client surface */
} dfb;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_COCOA)
struct
{
NSWindow *window; /* The Cocoa window */
} cocoa;
#endif
#if defined(SDL_VIDEO_DRIVER_UIKIT)
struct
{
UIWindow *window; /* The UIKit window */
} uikit;
#endif
/* Can't have an empty union */
int dummy;
} info;
};
#endif /* SDL_PROTOTYPES_ONLY */
typedef struct SDL_SysWMinfo SDL_SysWMinfo;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief This function allows access to driver-dependent window information.
*
* \param window The window about which information is being requested
* \param info This structure must be initialized with the SDL version, and is
* then filled in with information about the given window.
*
* \return SDL_TRUE if the function is implemented and the version member of
* the \c info struct is valid, SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*
* You typically use this function like this:
* \code
* SDL_SysWMinfo info;
* SDL_VERSION(&info.version);
* if ( SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(window, &info) ) { ... }
* \endcode
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowWMInfo(SDL_Window * window,
SDL_SysWMinfo * info);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_syswm_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_test.h
*
* Include file for SDL test framework.
*
* This code is a part of the SDL2_test library, not the main SDL library.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_test_h
#define _SDL_test_h
#include "SDL.h"
#include "SDL_test_common.h"
#include "SDL_test_font.h"
#include "SDL_test_random.h"
#include "SDL_test_fuzzer.h"
#include "SDL_test_crc32.h"
#include "SDL_test_md5.h"
#include "SDL_test_log.h"
#include "SDL_test_assert.h"
#include "SDL_test_harness.h"
#include "SDL_test_images.h"
#include "SDL_test_compare.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Global definitions */
/*
* Note: Maximum size of SDLTest log message is less than SDLs limit
* to ensure we can fit additional information such as the timestamp.
*/
#define SDLTEST_MAX_LOGMESSAGE_LENGTH 3584
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_test_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_test_assert.h
*
* Include file for SDL test framework.
*
* This code is a part of the SDL2_test library, not the main SDL library.
*/
/*
*
* Assert API for test code and test cases
*
*/
#ifndef _SDL_test_assert_h
#define _SDL_test_assert_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Fails the assert.
*/
#define ASSERT_FAIL 0
/**
* \brief Passes the assert.
*/
#define ASSERT_PASS 1
/**
* \brief Assert that logs and break execution flow on failures.
*
* \param assertCondition Evaluated condition or variable to assert; fail (==0) or pass (!=0).
* \param assertDescription Message to log with the assert describing it.
*/
void SDLTest_Assert(int assertCondition, const char *assertDescription, ...);
/**
* \brief Assert for test cases that logs but does not break execution flow on failures. Updates assertion counters.
*
* \param assertCondition Evaluated condition or variable to assert; fail (==0) or pass (!=0).
* \param assertDescription Message to log with the assert describing it.
*
* \returns Returns the assertCondition so it can be used to externally to break execution flow if desired.
*/
int SDLTest_AssertCheck(int assertCondition, const char *assertDescription, ...);
/**
* \brief Explicitely pass without checking an assertion condition. Updates assertion counter.
*
* \param assertDescription Message to log with the assert describing it.
*/
void SDLTest_AssertPass(const char *assertDescription, ...);
/**
* \brief Resets the assert summary counters to zero.
*/
void SDLTest_ResetAssertSummary();
/**
* \brief Logs summary of all assertions (total, pass, fail) since last reset as INFO or ERROR.
*/
void SDLTest_LogAssertSummary();
/**
* \brief Converts the current assert summary state to a test result.
*
* \returns TEST_RESULT_PASSED, TEST_RESULT_FAILED, or TEST_RESULT_NO_ASSERT
*/
int SDLTest_AssertSummaryToTestResult();
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_test_assert_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,186 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_test_common.h
*
* Include file for SDL test framework.
*
* This code is a part of the SDL2_test library, not the main SDL library.
*/
/* Ported from original test\common.h file. */
#ifndef _SDL_test_common_h
#define _SDL_test_common_h
#include "SDL.h"
#if defined(__PSP__)
#define DEFAULT_WINDOW_WIDTH 480
#define DEFAULT_WINDOW_HEIGHT 272
#else
#define DEFAULT_WINDOW_WIDTH 640
#define DEFAULT_WINDOW_HEIGHT 480
#endif
#define VERBOSE_VIDEO 0x00000001
#define VERBOSE_MODES 0x00000002
#define VERBOSE_RENDER 0x00000004
#define VERBOSE_EVENT 0x00000008
#define VERBOSE_AUDIO 0x00000010
typedef struct
{
/* SDL init flags */
char **argv;
Uint32 flags;
Uint32 verbose;
/* Video info */
const char *videodriver;
int display;
const char *window_title;
const char *window_icon;
Uint32 window_flags;
int window_x;
int window_y;
int window_w;
int window_h;
int window_minW;
int window_minH;
int window_maxW;
int window_maxH;
int logical_w;
int logical_h;
float scale;
int depth;
int refresh_rate;
int num_windows;
SDL_Window **windows;
/* Renderer info */
const char *renderdriver;
Uint32 render_flags;
SDL_bool skip_renderer;
SDL_Renderer **renderers;
/* Audio info */
const char *audiodriver;
SDL_AudioSpec audiospec;
/* GL settings */
int gl_red_size;
int gl_green_size;
int gl_blue_size;
int gl_alpha_size;
int gl_buffer_size;
int gl_depth_size;
int gl_stencil_size;
int gl_double_buffer;
int gl_accum_red_size;
int gl_accum_green_size;
int gl_accum_blue_size;
int gl_accum_alpha_size;
int gl_stereo;
int gl_multisamplebuffers;
int gl_multisamplesamples;
int gl_retained_backing;
int gl_accelerated;
int gl_major_version;
int gl_minor_version;
int gl_debug;
} SDLTest_CommonState;
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Parse command line parameters and create common state.
*
* \param argv Array of command line parameters
* \param flags Flags indicating which subsystem to initialize (i.e. SDL_INIT_VIDEO | SDL_INIT_AUDIO)
*
* \returns Returns a newly allocated common state object.
*/
SDLTest_CommonState *SDLTest_CommonCreateState(char **argv, Uint32 flags);
/**
* \brief Process one common argument.
*
* \param state The common state describing the test window to create.
* \param index The index of the argument to process in argv[].
*
* \returns The number of arguments processed (i.e. 1 for --fullscreen, 2 for --video [videodriver], or -1 on error.
*/
int SDLTest_CommonArg(SDLTest_CommonState * state, int index);
/**
* \brief Returns common usage information
*
* \param state The common state describing the test window to create.
*
* \returns String with usage information
*/
const char *SDLTest_CommonUsage(SDLTest_CommonState * state);
/**
* \brief Open test window.
*
* \param state The common state describing the test window to create.
*
* \returns True if initialization succeeded, false otherwise
*/
SDL_bool SDLTest_CommonInit(SDLTest_CommonState * state);
/**
* \brief Common event handler for test windows.
*
* \param state The common state used to create test window.
* \param event The event to handle.
* \param done Flag indicating we are done.
*
*/
void SDLTest_CommonEvent(SDLTest_CommonState * state, SDL_Event * event, int *done);
/**
* \brief Close test window.
*
* \param state The common state used to create test window.
*
*/
void SDLTest_CommonQuit(SDLTest_CommonState * state);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_test_common_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_test_compare.h
*
* Include file for SDL test framework.
*
* This code is a part of the SDL2_test library, not the main SDL library.
*/
/*
Defines comparison functions (i.e. for surfaces).
*/
#ifndef _SDL_test_compare_h
#define _SDL_test_compare_h
#include "SDL.h"
#include "SDL_test_images.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Compares a surface and with reference image data for equality
*
* \param surface Surface used in comparison
* \param referenceSurface Test Surface used in comparison
* \param allowable_error Allowable difference (squared) in blending accuracy.
*
* \returns 0 if comparison succeeded, >0 (=number of pixels where comparison failed) if comparison failed, -1 if any of the surfaces were NULL, -2 if the surface sizes differ.
*/
int SDLTest_CompareSurfaces(SDL_Surface *surface, SDL_Surface *referenceSurface, int allowable_error);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_test_compare_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_test_crc32.h
*
* Include file for SDL test framework.
*
* This code is a part of the SDL2_test library, not the main SDL library.
*/
/*
Implements CRC32 calculations (default output is Perl String::CRC32 compatible).
*/
#ifndef _SDL_test_crc32_h
#define _SDL_test_crc32_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* ------------ Definitions --------- */
/* Definition shared by all CRC routines */
#ifndef CrcUint32
#define CrcUint32 unsigned int
#endif
#ifndef CrcUint8
#define CrcUint8 unsigned char
#endif
#ifdef ORIGINAL_METHOD
#define CRC32_POLY 0x04c11db7 /* AUTODIN II, Ethernet, & FDDI */
#else
#define CRC32_POLY 0xEDB88320 /* Perl String::CRC32 compatible */
#endif
/**
* Data structure for CRC32 (checksum) computation
*/
typedef struct {
CrcUint32 crc32_table[256]; /* CRC table */
} SDLTest_Crc32Context;
/* ---------- Function Prototypes ------------- */
/**
* /brief Initialize the CRC context
*
* Note: The function initializes the crc table required for all crc calculations.
*
* /param crcContext pointer to context variable
*
* /returns 0 for OK, -1 on error
*
*/
int SDLTest_Crc32Init(SDLTest_Crc32Context * crcContext);
/**
* /brief calculate a crc32 from a data block
*
* /param crcContext pointer to context variable
* /param inBuf input buffer to checksum
* /param inLen length of input buffer
* /param crc32 pointer to Uint32 to store the final CRC into
*
* /returns 0 for OK, -1 on error
*
*/
int SDLTest_crc32Calc(SDLTest_Crc32Context * crcContext, CrcUint8 *inBuf, CrcUint32 inLen, CrcUint32 *crc32);
/* Same routine broken down into three steps */
int SDLTest_Crc32CalcStart(SDLTest_Crc32Context * crcContext, CrcUint32 *crc32);
int SDLTest_Crc32CalcEnd(SDLTest_Crc32Context * crcContext, CrcUint32 *crc32);
int SDLTest_Crc32CalcBuffer(SDLTest_Crc32Context * crcContext, CrcUint8 *inBuf, CrcUint32 inLen, CrcUint32 *crc32);
/**
* /brief clean up CRC context
*
* /param crcContext pointer to context variable
*
* /returns 0 for OK, -1 on error
*
*/
int SDLTest_Crc32Done(SDLTest_Crc32Context * crcContext);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_test_crc32_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_test_font.h
*
* Include file for SDL test framework.
*
* This code is a part of the SDL2_test library, not the main SDL library.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_test_font_h
#define _SDL_test_font_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Draw a string in the currently set font.
*
* \param renderer The renderer to draw on.
* \param x The X coordinate of the upper left corner of the string.
* \param y The Y coordinate of the upper left corner of the string.
* \param s The string to draw.
*
* \returns Returns 0 on success, -1 on failure.
*/
int SDLTest_DrawString(SDL_Renderer * renderer, int x, int y, const char *s);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_test_font_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_test_fuzzer.h
*
* Include file for SDL test framework.
*
* This code is a part of the SDL2_test library, not the main SDL library.
*/
/*
Data generators for fuzzing test data in a reproducible way.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_test_fuzzer_h
#define _SDL_test_fuzzer_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*
Based on GSOC code by Markus Kauppila <markus.kauppila@gmail.com>
*/
/**
* \file
* Note: The fuzzer implementation uses a static instance of random context
* internally which makes it thread-UNsafe.
*/
/**
* Initializes the fuzzer for a test
*
* /param execKey Execution "Key" that initializes the random number generator uniquely for the test.
*
*/
void SDLTest_FuzzerInit(Uint64 execKey);
/**
* Returns a random Uint8
*
* \returns Generated integer
*/
Uint8 SDLTest_RandomUint8();
/**
* Returns a random Sint8
*
* \returns Generated signed integer
*/
Sint8 SDLTest_RandomSint8();
/**
* Returns a random Uint16
*
* \returns Generated integer
*/
Uint16 SDLTest_RandomUint16();
/**
* Returns a random Sint16
*
* \returns Generated signed integer
*/
Sint16 SDLTest_RandomSint16();
/**
* Returns a random integer
*
* \returns Generated integer
*/
Sint32 SDLTest_RandomSint32();
/**
* Returns a random positive integer
*
* \returns Generated integer
*/
Uint32 SDLTest_RandomUint32();
/**
* Returns random Uint64.
*
* \returns Generated integer
*/
Uint64 SDLTest_RandomUint64();
/**
* Returns random Sint64.
*
* \returns Generated signed integer
*/
Sint64 SDLTest_RandomSint64();
/**
* \returns random float in range [0.0 - 1.0[
*/
float SDLTest_RandomUnitFloat();
/**
* \returns random double in range [0.0 - 1.0[
*/
double SDLTest_RandomUnitDouble();
/**
* \returns random float.
*
*/
float SDLTest_RandomFloat();
/**
* \returns random double.
*
*/
double SDLTest_RandomDouble();
/**
* Returns a random boundary value for Uint8 within the given boundaries.
* Boundaries are inclusive, see the usage examples below. If validDomain
* is true, the function will only return valid boundaries, otherwise non-valid
* boundaries are also possible.
* If boundary1 > boundary2, the values are swapped
*
* Usage examples:
* RandomUint8BoundaryValue(10, 20, SDL_TRUE) returns 10, 11, 19 or 20
* RandomUint8BoundaryValue(1, 20, SDL_FALSE) returns 0 or 21
* RandomUint8BoundaryValue(0, 99, SDL_FALSE) returns 100
* RandomUint8BoundaryValue(0, 255, SDL_FALSE) returns 0 (error set)
*
* \param boundary1 Lower boundary limit
* \param boundary2 Upper boundary limit
* \param validDomain Should the generated boundary be valid (=within the bounds) or not?
*
* \returns Random boundary value for the given range and domain or 0 with error set
*/
Uint8 SDLTest_RandomUint8BoundaryValue(Uint8 boundary1, Uint8 boundary2, SDL_bool validDomain);
/**
* Returns a random boundary value for Uint16 within the given boundaries.
* Boundaries are inclusive, see the usage examples below. If validDomain
* is true, the function will only return valid boundaries, otherwise non-valid
* boundaries are also possible.
* If boundary1 > boundary2, the values are swapped
*
* Usage examples:
* RandomUint16BoundaryValue(10, 20, SDL_TRUE) returns 10, 11, 19 or 20
* RandomUint16BoundaryValue(1, 20, SDL_FALSE) returns 0 or 21
* RandomUint16BoundaryValue(0, 99, SDL_FALSE) returns 100
* RandomUint16BoundaryValue(0, 0xFFFF, SDL_FALSE) returns 0 (error set)
*
* \param boundary1 Lower boundary limit
* \param boundary2 Upper boundary limit
* \param validDomain Should the generated boundary be valid (=within the bounds) or not?
*
* \returns Random boundary value for the given range and domain or 0 with error set
*/
Uint16 SDLTest_RandomUint16BoundaryValue(Uint16 boundary1, Uint16 boundary2, SDL_bool validDomain);
/**
* Returns a random boundary value for Uint32 within the given boundaries.
* Boundaries are inclusive, see the usage examples below. If validDomain
* is true, the function will only return valid boundaries, otherwise non-valid
* boundaries are also possible.
* If boundary1 > boundary2, the values are swapped
*
* Usage examples:
* RandomUint32BoundaryValue(10, 20, SDL_TRUE) returns 10, 11, 19 or 20
* RandomUint32BoundaryValue(1, 20, SDL_FALSE) returns 0 or 21
* RandomUint32BoundaryValue(0, 99, SDL_FALSE) returns 100
* RandomUint32BoundaryValue(0, 0xFFFFFFFF, SDL_FALSE) returns 0 (with error set)
*
* \param boundary1 Lower boundary limit
* \param boundary2 Upper boundary limit
* \param validDomain Should the generated boundary be valid (=within the bounds) or not?
*
* \returns Random boundary value for the given range and domain or 0 with error set
*/
Uint32 SDLTest_RandomUint32BoundaryValue(Uint32 boundary1, Uint32 boundary2, SDL_bool validDomain);
/**
* Returns a random boundary value for Uint64 within the given boundaries.
* Boundaries are inclusive, see the usage examples below. If validDomain
* is true, the function will only return valid boundaries, otherwise non-valid
* boundaries are also possible.
* If boundary1 > boundary2, the values are swapped
*
* Usage examples:
* RandomUint64BoundaryValue(10, 20, SDL_TRUE) returns 10, 11, 19 or 20
* RandomUint64BoundaryValue(1, 20, SDL_FALSE) returns 0 or 21
* RandomUint64BoundaryValue(0, 99, SDL_FALSE) returns 100
* RandomUint64BoundaryValue(0, 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF, SDL_FALSE) returns 0 (with error set)
*
* \param boundary1 Lower boundary limit
* \param boundary2 Upper boundary limit
* \param validDomain Should the generated boundary be valid (=within the bounds) or not?
*
* \returns Random boundary value for the given range and domain or 0 with error set
*/
Uint64 SDLTest_RandomUint64BoundaryValue(Uint64 boundary1, Uint64 boundary2, SDL_bool validDomain);
/**
* Returns a random boundary value for Sint8 within the given boundaries.
* Boundaries are inclusive, see the usage examples below. If validDomain
* is true, the function will only return valid boundaries, otherwise non-valid
* boundaries are also possible.
* If boundary1 > boundary2, the values are swapped
*
* Usage examples:
* RandomSint8BoundaryValue(-10, 20, SDL_TRUE) returns -11, -10, 19 or 20
* RandomSint8BoundaryValue(-100, -10, SDL_FALSE) returns -101 or -9
* RandomSint8BoundaryValue(SINT8_MIN, 99, SDL_FALSE) returns 100
* RandomSint8BoundaryValue(SINT8_MIN, SINT8_MAX, SDL_FALSE) returns SINT8_MIN (== error value) with error set
*
* \param boundary1 Lower boundary limit
* \param boundary2 Upper boundary limit
* \param validDomain Should the generated boundary be valid (=within the bounds) or not?
*
* \returns Random boundary value for the given range and domain or SINT8_MIN with error set
*/
Sint8 SDLTest_RandomSint8BoundaryValue(Sint8 boundary1, Sint8 boundary2, SDL_bool validDomain);
/**
* Returns a random boundary value for Sint16 within the given boundaries.
* Boundaries are inclusive, see the usage examples below. If validDomain
* is true, the function will only return valid boundaries, otherwise non-valid
* boundaries are also possible.
* If boundary1 > boundary2, the values are swapped
*
* Usage examples:
* RandomSint16BoundaryValue(-10, 20, SDL_TRUE) returns -11, -10, 19 or 20
* RandomSint16BoundaryValue(-100, -10, SDL_FALSE) returns -101 or -9
* RandomSint16BoundaryValue(SINT16_MIN, 99, SDL_FALSE) returns 100
* RandomSint16BoundaryValue(SINT16_MIN, SINT16_MAX, SDL_FALSE) returns SINT16_MIN (== error value) with error set
*
* \param boundary1 Lower boundary limit
* \param boundary2 Upper boundary limit
* \param validDomain Should the generated boundary be valid (=within the bounds) or not?
*
* \returns Random boundary value for the given range and domain or SINT16_MIN with error set
*/
Sint16 SDLTest_RandomSint16BoundaryValue(Sint16 boundary1, Sint16 boundary2, SDL_bool validDomain);
/**
* Returns a random boundary value for Sint32 within the given boundaries.
* Boundaries are inclusive, see the usage examples below. If validDomain
* is true, the function will only return valid boundaries, otherwise non-valid
* boundaries are also possible.
* If boundary1 > boundary2, the values are swapped
*
* Usage examples:
* RandomSint32BoundaryValue(-10, 20, SDL_TRUE) returns -11, -10, 19 or 20
* RandomSint32BoundaryValue(-100, -10, SDL_FALSE) returns -101 or -9
* RandomSint32BoundaryValue(SINT32_MIN, 99, SDL_FALSE) returns 100
* RandomSint32BoundaryValue(SINT32_MIN, SINT32_MAX, SDL_FALSE) returns SINT32_MIN (== error value)
*
* \param boundary1 Lower boundary limit
* \param boundary2 Upper boundary limit
* \param validDomain Should the generated boundary be valid (=within the bounds) or not?
*
* \returns Random boundary value for the given range and domain or SINT32_MIN with error set
*/
Sint32 SDLTest_RandomSint32BoundaryValue(Sint32 boundary1, Sint32 boundary2, SDL_bool validDomain);
/**
* Returns a random boundary value for Sint64 within the given boundaries.
* Boundaries are inclusive, see the usage examples below. If validDomain
* is true, the function will only return valid boundaries, otherwise non-valid
* boundaries are also possible.
* If boundary1 > boundary2, the values are swapped
*
* Usage examples:
* RandomSint64BoundaryValue(-10, 20, SDL_TRUE) returns -11, -10, 19 or 20
* RandomSint64BoundaryValue(-100, -10, SDL_FALSE) returns -101 or -9
* RandomSint64BoundaryValue(SINT64_MIN, 99, SDL_FALSE) returns 100
* RandomSint64BoundaryValue(SINT64_MIN, SINT64_MAX, SDL_FALSE) returns SINT64_MIN (== error value) and error set
*
* \param boundary1 Lower boundary limit
* \param boundary2 Upper boundary limit
* \param validDomain Should the generated boundary be valid (=within the bounds) or not?
*
* \returns Random boundary value for the given range and domain or SINT64_MIN with error set
*/
Sint64 SDLTest_RandomSint64BoundaryValue(Sint64 boundary1, Sint64 boundary2, SDL_bool validDomain);
/**
* Returns integer in range [min, max] (inclusive).
* Min and max values can be negative values.
* If Max in smaller tham min, then the values are swapped.
* Min and max are the same value, that value will be returned.
*
* \param min Minimum inclusive value of returned random number
* \param max Maximum inclusive value of returned random number
*
* \returns Generated random integer in range
*/
Sint32 SDLTest_RandomIntegerInRange(Sint32 min, Sint32 max);
/**
* Generates random null-terminated string. The minimum length for
* the string is 1 character, maximum length for the string is 255
* characters and it can contain ASCII characters from 32 to 126.
*
* Note: Returned string needs to be deallocated.
*
* \returns Newly allocated random string; or NULL if length was invalid or string could not be allocated.
*/
char * SDLTest_RandomAsciiString();
/**
* Generates random null-terminated string. The maximum length for
* the string is defined by the maxLength parameter.
* String can contain ASCII characters from 32 to 126.
*
* Note: Returned string needs to be deallocated.
*
* \param maxLength The maximum length of the generated string.
*
* \returns Newly allocated random string; or NULL if maxLength was invalid or string could not be allocated.
*/
char * SDLTest_RandomAsciiStringWithMaximumLength(int maxLength);
/**
* Generates random null-terminated string. The length for
* the string is defined by the size parameter.
* String can contain ASCII characters from 32 to 126.
*
* Note: Returned string needs to be deallocated.
*
* \param size The length of the generated string
*
* \returns Newly allocated random string; or NULL if size was invalid or string could not be allocated.
*/
char * SDLTest_RandomAsciiStringOfSize(int size);
/**
* Returns the invocation count for the fuzzer since last ...FuzzerInit.
*/
int SDLTest_GetFuzzerInvocationCount();
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_test_fuzzer_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_test_harness.h
*
* Include file for SDL test framework.
*
* This code is a part of the SDL2_test library, not the main SDL library.
*/
/*
Defines types for test case definitions and the test execution harness API.
Based on original GSOC code by Markus Kauppila <markus.kauppila@gmail.com>
*/
#ifndef _SDL_test_harness_h
#define _SDL_test_harness_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
//! Definitions for test case structures
#define TEST_ENABLED 1
#define TEST_DISABLED 0
//! Definition of all the possible test return values of the test case method
#define TEST_ABORTED -1
#define TEST_STARTED 0
#define TEST_COMPLETED 1
#define TEST_SKIPPED 2
//! Definition of all the possible test results for the harness
#define TEST_RESULT_PASSED 0
#define TEST_RESULT_FAILED 1
#define TEST_RESULT_NO_ASSERT 2
#define TEST_RESULT_SKIPPED 3
#define TEST_RESULT_SETUP_FAILURE 4
//!< Function pointer to a test case setup function (run before every test)
typedef void (*SDLTest_TestCaseSetUpFp)(void *arg);
//!< Function pointer to a test case function
typedef int (*SDLTest_TestCaseFp)(void *arg);
//!< Function pointer to a test case teardown function (run after every test)
typedef void (*SDLTest_TestCaseTearDownFp)(void *arg);
/**
* Holds information about a single test case.
*/
typedef struct SDLTest_TestCaseReference {
/*!< Func2Stress */
SDLTest_TestCaseFp testCase;
/*!< Short name (or function name) "Func2Stress" */
char *name;
/*!< Long name or full description "This test pushes func2() to the limit." */
char *description;
/*!< Set to TEST_ENABLED or TEST_DISABLED (test won't be run) */
int enabled;
} SDLTest_TestCaseReference;
/**
* Holds information about a test suite (multiple test cases).
*/
typedef struct SDLTest_TestSuiteReference {
/*!< "PlatformSuite" */
char *name;
/*!< The function that is run before each test. NULL skips. */
SDLTest_TestCaseSetUpFp testSetUp;
/*!< The test cases that are run as part of the suite. Last item should be NULL. */
const SDLTest_TestCaseReference **testCases;
/*!< The function that is run after each test. NULL skips. */
SDLTest_TestCaseTearDownFp testTearDown;
} SDLTest_TestSuiteReference;
/**
* \brief Execute a test suite using the given run seed and execution key.
*
* \param testSuites Suites containing the test case.
* \param userRunSeed Custom run seed provided by user, or NULL to autogenerate one.
* \param userExecKey Custom execution key provided by user, or 0 to autogenerate one.
* \param filter Filter specification. NULL disables. Case sensitive.
* \param testIterations Number of iterations to run each test case.
*
* \returns Test run result; 0 when all tests passed, 1 if any tests failed.
*/
int SDLTest_RunSuites(SDLTest_TestSuiteReference *testSuites[], const char *userRunSeed, Uint64 userExecKey, const char *filter, int testIterations);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_test_harness_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_test_images.h
*
* Include file for SDL test framework.
*
* This code is a part of the SDL2_test library, not the main SDL library.
*/
/*
Defines some images for tests.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_test_images_h
#define _SDL_test_images_h
#include "SDL.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
*Type for test images.
*/
typedef struct SDLTest_SurfaceImage_s {
int width;
int height;
unsigned int bytes_per_pixel; /* 3:RGB, 4:RGBA */
const char *pixel_data;
} SDLTest_SurfaceImage_t;
/* Test images */
SDL_Surface *SDLTest_ImageBlit();
SDL_Surface *SDLTest_ImageBlitColor();
SDL_Surface *SDLTest_ImageBlitAlpha();
SDL_Surface *SDLTest_ImageBlitBlendAdd();
SDL_Surface *SDLTest_ImageBlitBlend();
SDL_Surface *SDLTest_ImageBlitBlendMod();
SDL_Surface *SDLTest_ImageBlitBlendNone();
SDL_Surface *SDLTest_ImageBlitBlendAll();
SDL_Surface *SDLTest_ImageFace();
SDL_Surface *SDLTest_ImagePrimitives();
SDL_Surface *SDLTest_ImagePrimitivesBlend();
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_test_images_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_test_log.h
*
* Include file for SDL test framework.
*
* This code is a part of the SDL2_test library, not the main SDL library.
*/
/*
*
* Wrapper to log in the TEST category
*
*/
#ifndef _SDL_test_log_h
#define _SDL_test_log_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Prints given message with a timestamp in the TEST category and INFO priority.
*
* \param fmt Message to be logged
*/
void SDLTest_Log(const char *fmt, ...);
/**
* \brief Prints given message with a timestamp in the TEST category and the ERROR priority.
*
* \param fmt Message to be logged
*/
void SDLTest_LogError(const char *fmt, ...);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_test_log_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_test_md5.h
*
* Include file for SDL test framework.
*
* This code is a part of the SDL2_test library, not the main SDL library.
*/
/*
***********************************************************************
** Header file for implementation of MD5 **
** RSA Data Security, Inc. MD5 Message-Digest Algorithm **
** Created: 2/17/90 RLR **
** Revised: 12/27/90 SRD,AJ,BSK,JT Reference C version **
** Revised (for MD5): RLR 4/27/91 **
** -- G modified to have y&~z instead of y&z **
** -- FF, GG, HH modified to add in last register done **
** -- Access pattern: round 2 works mod 5, round 3 works mod 3 **
** -- distinct additive constant for each step **
** -- round 4 added, working mod 7 **
***********************************************************************
*/
/*
***********************************************************************
** Message-digest routines: **
** To form the message digest for a message M **
** (1) Initialize a context buffer mdContext using MD5Init **
** (2) Call MD5Update on mdContext and M **
** (3) Call MD5Final on mdContext **
** The message digest is now in mdContext->digest[0...15] **
***********************************************************************
*/
#ifndef _SDL_test_md5_h
#define _SDL_test_md5_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* ------------ Definitions --------- */
/* typedef a 32-bit type */
typedef unsigned long int MD5UINT4;
/* Data structure for MD5 (Message-Digest) computation */
typedef struct {
MD5UINT4 i[2]; /* number of _bits_ handled mod 2^64 */
MD5UINT4 buf[4]; /* scratch buffer */
unsigned char in[64]; /* input buffer */
unsigned char digest[16]; /* actual digest after Md5Final call */
} SDLTest_Md5Context;
/* ---------- Function Prototypes ------------- */
/**
* /brief initialize the context
*
* /param mdContext pointer to context variable
*
* Note: The function initializes the message-digest context
* mdContext. Call before each new use of the context -
* all fields are set to zero.
*/
void SDLTest_Md5Init(SDLTest_Md5Context * mdContext);
/**
* /brief update digest from variable length data
*
* /param mdContext pointer to context variable
* /param inBuf pointer to data array/string
* /param inLen length of data array/string
*
* Note: The function updates the message-digest context to account
* for the presence of each of the characters inBuf[0..inLen-1]
* in the message whose digest is being computed.
*/
void SDLTest_Md5Update(SDLTest_Md5Context * mdContext, unsigned char *inBuf,
unsigned int inLen);
/*
* /brief complete digest computation
*
* /param mdContext pointer to context variable
*
* Note: The function terminates the message-digest computation and
* ends with the desired message digest in mdContext.digest[0..15].
* Always call before using the digest[] variable.
*/
void SDLTest_Md5Final(SDLTest_Md5Context * mdContext);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_test_md5_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_test_random.h
*
* Include file for SDL test framework.
*
* This code is a part of the SDL2_test library, not the main SDL library.
*/
/*
A "32-bit Multiply with carry random number generator. Very fast.
Includes a list of recommended multipliers.
multiply-with-carry generator: x(n) = a*x(n-1) + carry mod 2^32.
period: (a*2^31)-1
*/
#ifndef _SDL_test_random_h
#define _SDL_test_random_h
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* --- Definitions */
/*
* Macros that return a random number in a specific format.
*/
#define SDLTest_RandomInt(c) ((int)SDLTest_Random(c))
/*
* Context structure for the random number generator state.
*/
typedef struct {
unsigned int a;
unsigned int x;
unsigned int c;
unsigned int ah;
unsigned int al;
} SDLTest_RandomContext;
/* --- Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Initialize random number generator with two integers.
*
* Note: The random sequence of numbers returned by ...Random() is the
* same for the same two integers and has a period of 2^31.
*
* \param rndContext pointer to context structure
* \param xi integer that defines the random sequence
* \param ci integer that defines the random sequence
*
*/
void SDLTest_RandomInit(SDLTest_RandomContext * rndContext, unsigned int xi,
unsigned int ci);
/**
* \brief Initialize random number generator based on current system time.
*
* \param rndContext pointer to context structure
*
*/
void SDLTest_RandomInitTime(SDLTest_RandomContext *rndContext);
/**
* \brief Initialize random number generator based on current system time.
*
* Note: ...RandomInit() or ...RandomInitTime() must have been called
* before using this function.
*
* \param rndContext pointer to context structure
*
* \returns A random number (32bit unsigned integer)
*
*/
unsigned int SDLTest_Random(SDLTest_RandomContext *rndContext);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_test_random_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_thread_h
#define _SDL_thread_h
/**
* \file SDL_thread.h
*
* Header for the SDL thread management routines.
*/
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
/* Thread synchronization primitives */
#include "SDL_atomic.h"
#include "SDL_mutex.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* The SDL thread structure, defined in SDL_thread.c */
struct SDL_Thread;
typedef struct SDL_Thread SDL_Thread;
/* The SDL thread ID */
typedef unsigned long SDL_threadID;
/* Thread local storage ID, 0 is the invalid ID */
typedef unsigned int SDL_TLSID;
/* The SDL thread priority
*
* Note: On many systems you require special privileges to set high priority.
*/
typedef enum {
SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_LOW,
SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_NORMAL,
SDL_THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGH
} SDL_ThreadPriority;
/* The function passed to SDL_CreateThread()
It is passed a void* user context parameter and returns an int.
*/
typedef int (SDLCALL * SDL_ThreadFunction) (void *data);
#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(HAVE_LIBC)
/**
* \file SDL_thread.h
*
* We compile SDL into a DLL. This means, that it's the DLL which
* creates a new thread for the calling process with the SDL_CreateThread()
* API. There is a problem with this, that only the RTL of the SDL.DLL will
* be initialized for those threads, and not the RTL of the calling
* application!
*
* To solve this, we make a little hack here.
*
* We'll always use the caller's _beginthread() and _endthread() APIs to
* start a new thread. This way, if it's the SDL.DLL which uses this API,
* then the RTL of SDL.DLL will be used to create the new thread, and if it's
* the application, then the RTL of the application will be used.
*
* So, in short:
* Always use the _beginthread() and _endthread() of the calling runtime
* library!
*/
#define SDL_PASSED_BEGINTHREAD_ENDTHREAD
#include <process.h> /* This has _beginthread() and _endthread() defined! */
typedef uintptr_t(__cdecl * pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread) (void *, unsigned,
unsigned (__stdcall *
func) (void
*),
void *arg, unsigned,
unsigned *threadID);
typedef void (__cdecl * pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread) (unsigned code);
/**
* Create a thread.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
SDL_CreateThread(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, void *data,
pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread pfnBeginThread,
pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread pfnEndThread);
/**
* Create a thread.
*/
#define SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data) SDL_CreateThread(fn, name, data, (pfnSDL_CurrentBeginThread)_beginthreadex, (pfnSDL_CurrentEndThread)_endthreadex)
#else
/**
* Create a thread.
*
* Thread naming is a little complicated: Most systems have very small
* limits for the string length (BeOS has 32 bytes, Linux currently has 16,
* Visual C++ 6.0 has nine!), and possibly other arbitrary rules. You'll
* have to see what happens with your system's debugger. The name should be
* UTF-8 (but using the naming limits of C identifiers is a better bet).
* There are no requirements for thread naming conventions, so long as the
* string is null-terminated UTF-8, but these guidelines are helpful in
* choosing a name:
*
* http://stackoverflow.com/questions/149932/naming-conventions-for-threads
*
* If a system imposes requirements, SDL will try to munge the string for
* it (truncate, etc), but the original string contents will be available
* from SDL_GetThreadName().
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Thread *SDLCALL
SDL_CreateThread(SDL_ThreadFunction fn, const char *name, void *data);
#endif
/**
* Get the thread name, as it was specified in SDL_CreateThread().
* This function returns a pointer to a UTF-8 string that names the
* specified thread, or NULL if it doesn't have a name. This is internal
* memory, not to be free()'d by the caller, and remains valid until the
* specified thread is cleaned up by SDL_WaitThread().
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetThreadName(SDL_Thread *thread);
/**
* Get the thread identifier for the current thread.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_threadID SDLCALL SDL_ThreadID(void);
/**
* Get the thread identifier for the specified thread.
*
* Equivalent to SDL_ThreadID() if the specified thread is NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_threadID SDLCALL SDL_GetThreadID(SDL_Thread * thread);
/**
* Set the priority for the current thread
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetThreadPriority(SDL_ThreadPriority priority);
/**
* Wait for a thread to finish.
*
* The return code for the thread function is placed in the area
* pointed to by \c status, if \c status is not NULL.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_WaitThread(SDL_Thread * thread, int *status);
/**
* \brief Create an identifier that is globally visible to all threads but refers to data that is thread-specific.
*
* \return The newly created thread local storage identifier, or 0 on error
*
* \code
* static SDL_SpinLock tls_lock;
* static SDL_TLSID thread_local_storage;
*
* void SetMyThreadData(void *value)
* {
* if (!thread_local_storage) {
* SDL_AtomicLock(&tls_lock);
* if (!thread_local_storage) {
* thread_local_storage = SDL_TLSCreate();
* }
* SDL_AtomicUnLock(&tls_lock);
* }
* SDL_TLSSet(thread_local_storage, value);
* }
*
* void *GetMyThreadData(void)
* {
* return SDL_TLSGet(thread_local_storage);
* }
* \endcode
*
* \sa SDL_TLSGet()
* \sa SDL_TLSSet()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_TLSID SDLCALL SDL_TLSCreate(void);
/**
* \brief Get the value associated with a thread local storage ID for the current thread.
*
* \param id The thread local storage ID
*
* \return The value associated with the ID for the current thread, or NULL if no value has been set.
*
* \sa SDL_TLSCreate()
* \sa SDL_TLSSet()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void * SDLCALL SDL_TLSGet(SDL_TLSID id);
/**
* \brief Set the value associated with a thread local storage ID for the current thread.
*
* \param id The thread local storage ID
* \param value The value to associate with the ID for the current thread
* \param destructor A function called when the thread exits, to free the value.
*
* \return 0 on success, -1 on error
*
* \sa SDL_TLSCreate()
* \sa SDL_TLSGet()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_TLSSet(SDL_TLSID id, const void *value, void (*destructor)(void*));
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_thread_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_timer_h
#define _SDL_timer_h
/**
* \file SDL_timer.h
*
* Header for the SDL time management routines.
*/
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Get the number of milliseconds since the SDL library initialization.
*
* \note This value wraps if the program runs for more than ~49 days.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetTicks(void);
/**
* \brief Get the current value of the high resolution counter
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_GetPerformanceCounter(void);
/**
* \brief Get the count per second of the high resolution counter
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint64 SDLCALL SDL_GetPerformanceFrequency(void);
/**
* \brief Wait a specified number of milliseconds before returning.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_Delay(Uint32 ms);
/**
* Function prototype for the timer callback function.
*
* The callback function is passed the current timer interval and returns
* the next timer interval. If the returned value is the same as the one
* passed in, the periodic alarm continues, otherwise a new alarm is
* scheduled. If the callback returns 0, the periodic alarm is cancelled.
*/
typedef Uint32 (SDLCALL * SDL_TimerCallback) (Uint32 interval, void *param);
/**
* Definition of the timer ID type.
*/
typedef int SDL_TimerID;
/**
* \brief Add a new timer to the pool of timers already running.
*
* \return A timer ID, or NULL when an error occurs.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_TimerID SDLCALL SDL_AddTimer(Uint32 interval,
SDL_TimerCallback callback,
void *param);
/**
* \brief Remove a timer knowing its ID.
*
* \return A boolean value indicating success or failure.
*
* \warning It is not safe to remove a timer multiple times.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_RemoveTimer(SDL_TimerID id);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_timer_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_touch.h
*
* Include file for SDL touch event handling.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_touch_h
#define _SDL_touch_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_error.h"
#include "SDL_video.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
typedef Sint64 SDL_TouchID;
typedef Sint64 SDL_FingerID;
typedef struct SDL_Finger
{
SDL_FingerID id;
float x;
float y;
float pressure;
} SDL_Finger;
/* Used as the device ID for mouse events simulated with touch input */
#define SDL_TOUCH_MOUSEID ((Uint32)-1)
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Get the number of registered touch devices.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumTouchDevices(void);
/**
* \brief Get the touch ID with the given index, or 0 if the index is invalid.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_TouchID SDLCALL SDL_GetTouchDevice(int index);
/**
* \brief Get the number of active fingers for a given touch device.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumTouchFingers(SDL_TouchID touchID);
/**
* \brief Get the finger object of the given touch, with the given index.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Finger * SDLCALL SDL_GetTouchFinger(SDL_TouchID touchID, int index);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_touch_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_types.h
*
* \deprecated
*/
/* DEPRECATED */
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"

View file

@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_version.h
*
* This header defines the current SDL version.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_version_h
#define _SDL_version_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief Information the version of SDL in use.
*
* Represents the library's version as three levels: major revision
* (increments with massive changes, additions, and enhancements),
* minor revision (increments with backwards-compatible changes to the
* major revision), and patchlevel (increments with fixes to the minor
* revision).
*
* \sa SDL_VERSION
* \sa SDL_GetVersion
*/
typedef struct SDL_version
{
Uint8 major; /**< major version */
Uint8 minor; /**< minor version */
Uint8 patch; /**< update version */
} SDL_version;
/* Printable format: "%d.%d.%d", MAJOR, MINOR, PATCHLEVEL
*/
#define SDL_MAJOR_VERSION 2
#define SDL_MINOR_VERSION 0
#define SDL_PATCHLEVEL 0
/**
* \brief Macro to determine SDL version program was compiled against.
*
* This macro fills in a SDL_version structure with the version of the
* library you compiled against. This is determined by what header the
* compiler uses. Note that if you dynamically linked the library, you might
* have a slightly newer or older version at runtime. That version can be
* determined with SDL_GetVersion(), which, unlike SDL_VERSION(),
* is not a macro.
*
* \param x A pointer to a SDL_version struct to initialize.
*
* \sa SDL_version
* \sa SDL_GetVersion
*/
#define SDL_VERSION(x) \
{ \
(x)->major = SDL_MAJOR_VERSION; \
(x)->minor = SDL_MINOR_VERSION; \
(x)->patch = SDL_PATCHLEVEL; \
}
/**
* This macro turns the version numbers into a numeric value:
* \verbatim
(1,2,3) -> (1203)
\endverbatim
*
* This assumes that there will never be more than 100 patchlevels.
*/
#define SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z) \
((X)*1000 + (Y)*100 + (Z))
/**
* This is the version number macro for the current SDL version.
*/
#define SDL_COMPILEDVERSION \
SDL_VERSIONNUM(SDL_MAJOR_VERSION, SDL_MINOR_VERSION, SDL_PATCHLEVEL)
/**
* This macro will evaluate to true if compiled with SDL at least X.Y.Z.
*/
#define SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(X, Y, Z) \
(SDL_COMPILEDVERSION >= SDL_VERSIONNUM(X, Y, Z))
/**
* \brief Get the version of SDL that is linked against your program.
*
* If you are linking to SDL dynamically, then it is possible that the
* current version will be different than the version you compiled against.
* This function returns the current version, while SDL_VERSION() is a
* macro that tells you what version you compiled with.
*
* \code
* SDL_version compiled;
* SDL_version linked;
*
* SDL_VERSION(&compiled);
* SDL_GetVersion(&linked);
* printf("We compiled against SDL version %d.%d.%d ...\n",
* compiled.major, compiled.minor, compiled.patch);
* printf("But we linked against SDL version %d.%d.%d.\n",
* linked.major, linked.minor, linked.patch);
* \endcode
*
* This function may be called safely at any time, even before SDL_Init().
*
* \sa SDL_VERSION
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetVersion(SDL_version * ver);
/**
* \brief Get the code revision of SDL that is linked against your program.
*
* Returns an arbitrary string (a hash value) uniquely identifying the
* exact revision of the SDL library in use, and is only useful in comparing
* against other revisions. It is NOT an incrementing number.
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetRevision(void);
/**
* \brief Get the revision number of SDL that is linked against your program.
*
* Returns a number uniquely identifying the exact revision of the SDL
* library in use. It is an incrementing number based on commits to
* hg.libsdl.org.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetRevisionNumber(void);
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_version_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,953 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file SDL_video.h
*
* Header file for SDL video functions.
*/
#ifndef _SDL_video_h
#define _SDL_video_h
#include "SDL_stdinc.h"
#include "SDL_pixels.h"
#include "SDL_rect.h"
#include "SDL_surface.h"
#include "begin_code.h"
/* Set up for C function definitions, even when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* \brief The structure that defines a display mode
*
* \sa SDL_GetNumDisplayModes()
* \sa SDL_GetDisplayMode()
* \sa SDL_GetDesktopDisplayMode()
* \sa SDL_GetCurrentDisplayMode()
* \sa SDL_GetClosestDisplayMode()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode()
* \sa SDL_GetWindowDisplayMode()
*/
typedef struct
{
Uint32 format; /**< pixel format */
int w; /**< width */
int h; /**< height */
int refresh_rate; /**< refresh rate (or zero for unspecified) */
void *driverdata; /**< driver-specific data, initialize to 0 */
} SDL_DisplayMode;
/**
* \brief The type used to identify a window
*
* \sa SDL_CreateWindow()
* \sa SDL_CreateWindowFrom()
* \sa SDL_DestroyWindow()
* \sa SDL_GetWindowData()
* \sa SDL_GetWindowFlags()
* \sa SDL_GetWindowGrab()
* \sa SDL_GetWindowPosition()
* \sa SDL_GetWindowSize()
* \sa SDL_GetWindowTitle()
* \sa SDL_HideWindow()
* \sa SDL_MaximizeWindow()
* \sa SDL_MinimizeWindow()
* \sa SDL_RaiseWindow()
* \sa SDL_RestoreWindow()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowData()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowFullscreen()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowGrab()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowIcon()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowPosition()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowSize()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowBordered()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowTitle()
* \sa SDL_ShowWindow()
*/
typedef struct SDL_Window SDL_Window;
/**
* \brief The flags on a window
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowFlags()
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN = 0x00000001, /**< fullscreen window */
SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL = 0x00000002, /**< window usable with OpenGL context */
SDL_WINDOW_SHOWN = 0x00000004, /**< window is visible */
SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN = 0x00000008, /**< window is not visible */
SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS = 0x00000010, /**< no window decoration */
SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE = 0x00000020, /**< window can be resized */
SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED = 0x00000040, /**< window is minimized */
SDL_WINDOW_MAXIMIZED = 0x00000080, /**< window is maximized */
SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_GRABBED = 0x00000100, /**< window has grabbed input focus */
SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_FOCUS = 0x00000200, /**< window has input focus */
SDL_WINDOW_MOUSE_FOCUS = 0x00000400, /**< window has mouse focus */
SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN_DESKTOP = ( SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN | 0x00001000 ),
SDL_WINDOW_FOREIGN = 0x00000800 /**< window not created by SDL */
} SDL_WindowFlags;
/**
* \brief Used to indicate that you don't care what the window position is.
*/
#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_MASK 0x1FFF0000
#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_DISPLAY(X) (SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_MASK|(X))
#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_DISPLAY(0)
#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_ISUNDEFINED(X) \
(((X)&0xFFFF0000) == SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED_MASK)
/**
* \brief Used to indicate that the window position should be centered.
*/
#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_MASK 0x2FFF0000
#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_DISPLAY(X) (SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_MASK|(X))
#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_DISPLAY(0)
#define SDL_WINDOWPOS_ISCENTERED(X) \
(((X)&0xFFFF0000) == SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED_MASK)
/**
* \brief Event subtype for window events
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_NONE, /**< Never used */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_SHOWN, /**< Window has been shown */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_HIDDEN, /**< Window has been hidden */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_EXPOSED, /**< Window has been exposed and should be
redrawn */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_MOVED, /**< Window has been moved to data1, data2
*/
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESIZED, /**< Window has been resized to data1xdata2 */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_SIZE_CHANGED, /**< The window size has changed, either as a result of an API call or through the system or user changing the window size. */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_MINIMIZED, /**< Window has been minimized */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_MAXIMIZED, /**< Window has been maximized */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_RESTORED, /**< Window has been restored to normal size
and position */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_ENTER, /**< Window has gained mouse focus */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_LEAVE, /**< Window has lost mouse focus */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_GAINED, /**< Window has gained keyboard focus */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_FOCUS_LOST, /**< Window has lost keyboard focus */
SDL_WINDOWEVENT_CLOSE /**< The window manager requests that the
window be closed */
} SDL_WindowEventID;
/**
* \brief An opaque handle to an OpenGL context.
*/
typedef void *SDL_GLContext;
/**
* \brief OpenGL configuration attributes
*/
typedef enum
{
SDL_GL_RED_SIZE,
SDL_GL_GREEN_SIZE,
SDL_GL_BLUE_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ALPHA_SIZE,
SDL_GL_BUFFER_SIZE,
SDL_GL_DOUBLEBUFFER,
SDL_GL_DEPTH_SIZE,
SDL_GL_STENCIL_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ACCUM_RED_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ACCUM_GREEN_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ACCUM_BLUE_SIZE,
SDL_GL_ACCUM_ALPHA_SIZE,
SDL_GL_STEREO,
SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLEBUFFERS,
SDL_GL_MULTISAMPLESAMPLES,
SDL_GL_ACCELERATED_VISUAL,
SDL_GL_RETAINED_BACKING,
SDL_GL_CONTEXT_MAJOR_VERSION,
SDL_GL_CONTEXT_MINOR_VERSION,
SDL_GL_CONTEXT_EGL,
SDL_GL_CONTEXT_FLAGS,
SDL_GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_MASK,
SDL_GL_SHARE_WITH_CURRENT_CONTEXT
} SDL_GLattr;
typedef enum
{
SDL_GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_CORE = 0x0001,
SDL_GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_COMPATIBILITY = 0x0002,
SDL_GL_CONTEXT_PROFILE_ES = 0x0004
} SDL_GLprofile;
typedef enum
{
SDL_GL_CONTEXT_DEBUG_FLAG = 0x0001,
SDL_GL_CONTEXT_FORWARD_COMPATIBLE_FLAG = 0x0002,
SDL_GL_CONTEXT_ROBUST_ACCESS_FLAG = 0x0004,
SDL_GL_CONTEXT_RESET_ISOLATION_FLAG = 0x0008
} SDL_GLcontextFlag;
/* Function prototypes */
/**
* \brief Get the number of video drivers compiled into SDL
*
* \sa SDL_GetVideoDriver()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumVideoDrivers(void);
/**
* \brief Get the name of a built in video driver.
*
* \note The video drivers are presented in the order in which they are
* normally checked during initialization.
*
* \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDrivers()
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetVideoDriver(int index);
/**
* \brief Initialize the video subsystem, optionally specifying a video driver.
*
* \param driver_name Initialize a specific driver by name, or NULL for the
* default video driver.
*
* \return 0 on success, -1 on error
*
* This function initializes the video subsystem; setting up a connection
* to the window manager, etc, and determines the available display modes
* and pixel formats, but does not initialize a window or graphics mode.
*
* \sa SDL_VideoQuit()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_VideoInit(const char *driver_name);
/**
* \brief Shuts down the video subsystem.
*
* This function closes all windows, and restores the original video mode.
*
* \sa SDL_VideoInit()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_VideoQuit(void);
/**
* \brief Returns the name of the currently initialized video driver.
*
* \return The name of the current video driver or NULL if no driver
* has been initialized
*
* \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDrivers()
* \sa SDL_GetVideoDriver()
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetCurrentVideoDriver(void);
/**
* \brief Returns the number of available video displays.
*
* \sa SDL_GetDisplayBounds()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays(void);
/**
* \brief Get the name of a display in UTF-8 encoding
*
* \return The name of a display, or NULL for an invalid display index.
*
* \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays()
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char * SDLCALL SDL_GetDisplayName(int displayIndex);
/**
* \brief Get the desktop area represented by a display, with the primary
* display located at 0,0
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the index is out of range.
*
* \sa SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetDisplayBounds(int displayIndex, SDL_Rect * rect);
/**
* \brief Returns the number of available display modes.
*
* \sa SDL_GetDisplayMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetNumDisplayModes(int displayIndex);
/**
* \brief Fill in information about a specific display mode.
*
* \note The display modes are sorted in this priority:
* \li bits per pixel -> more colors to fewer colors
* \li width -> largest to smallest
* \li height -> largest to smallest
* \li refresh rate -> highest to lowest
*
* \sa SDL_GetNumDisplayModes()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetDisplayMode(int displayIndex, int modeIndex,
SDL_DisplayMode * mode);
/**
* \brief Fill in information about the desktop display mode.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetDesktopDisplayMode(int displayIndex, SDL_DisplayMode * mode);
/**
* \brief Fill in information about the current display mode.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetCurrentDisplayMode(int displayIndex, SDL_DisplayMode * mode);
/**
* \brief Get the closest match to the requested display mode.
*
* \param displayIndex The index of display from which mode should be queried.
* \param mode The desired display mode
* \param closest A pointer to a display mode to be filled in with the closest
* match of the available display modes.
*
* \return The passed in value \c closest, or NULL if no matching video mode
* was available.
*
* The available display modes are scanned, and \c closest is filled in with the
* closest mode matching the requested mode and returned. The mode format and
* refresh_rate default to the desktop mode if they are 0. The modes are
* scanned with size being first priority, format being second priority, and
* finally checking the refresh_rate. If all the available modes are too
* small, then NULL is returned.
*
* \sa SDL_GetNumDisplayModes()
* \sa SDL_GetDisplayMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_DisplayMode * SDLCALL SDL_GetClosestDisplayMode(int displayIndex, const SDL_DisplayMode * mode, SDL_DisplayMode * closest);
/**
* \brief Get the display index associated with a window.
*
* \return the display index of the display containing the center of the
* window, or -1 on error.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowDisplayIndex(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Set the display mode used when a fullscreen window is visible.
*
* By default the window's dimensions and the desktop format and refresh rate
* are used.
*
* \param window The window for which the display mode should be set.
* \param mode The mode to use, or NULL for the default mode.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if setting the display mode failed.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowDisplayMode()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowFullscreen()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode(SDL_Window * window,
const SDL_DisplayMode
* mode);
/**
* \brief Fill in information about the display mode used when a fullscreen
* window is visible.
*
* \sa SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowFullscreen()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowDisplayMode(SDL_Window * window,
SDL_DisplayMode * mode);
/**
* \brief Get the pixel format associated with the window.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowPixelFormat(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Create a window with the specified position, dimensions, and flags.
*
* \param title The title of the window, in UTF-8 encoding.
* \param x The x position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
* ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
* \param y The y position of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
* ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
* \param w The width of the window.
* \param h The height of the window.
* \param flags The flags for the window, a mask of any of the following:
* ::SDL_WINDOW_FULLSCREEN, ::SDL_WINDOW_OPENGL,
* ::SDL_WINDOW_HIDDEN, ::SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS,
* ::SDL_WINDOW_RESIZABLE, ::SDL_WINDOW_MAXIMIZED,
* ::SDL_WINDOW_MINIMIZED, ::SDL_WINDOW_INPUT_GRABBED.
*
* \return The id of the window created, or zero if window creation failed.
*
* \sa SDL_DestroyWindow()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_CreateWindow(const char *title,
int x, int y, int w,
int h, Uint32 flags);
/**
* \brief Create an SDL window from an existing native window.
*
* \param data A pointer to driver-dependent window creation data
*
* \return The id of the window created, or zero if window creation failed.
*
* \sa SDL_DestroyWindow()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_CreateWindowFrom(const void *data);
/**
* \brief Get the numeric ID of a window, for logging purposes.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowID(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Get a window from a stored ID, or NULL if it doesn't exist.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window * SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowFromID(Uint32 id);
/**
* \brief Get the window flags.
*/
extern DECLSPEC Uint32 SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowFlags(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Set the title of a window, in UTF-8 format.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowTitle()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowTitle(SDL_Window * window,
const char *title);
/**
* \brief Get the title of a window, in UTF-8 format.
*
* \sa SDL_SetWindowTitle()
*/
extern DECLSPEC const char *SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowTitle(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Set the icon for a window.
*
* \param window The window for which the icon should be set.
* \param icon The icon for the window.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowIcon(SDL_Window * window,
SDL_Surface * icon);
/**
* \brief Associate an arbitrary named pointer with a window.
*
* \param window The window to associate with the pointer.
* \param name The name of the pointer.
* \param userdata The associated pointer.
*
* \return The previous value associated with 'name'
*
* \note The name is case-sensitive.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowData()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void* SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowData(SDL_Window * window,
const char *name,
void *userdata);
/**
* \brief Retrieve the data pointer associated with a window.
*
* \param window The window to query.
* \param name The name of the pointer.
*
* \return The value associated with 'name'
*
* \sa SDL_SetWindowData()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowData(SDL_Window * window,
const char *name);
/**
* \brief Set the position of a window.
*
* \param window The window to reposition.
* \param x The x coordinate of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
* \param y The y coordinate of the window, ::SDL_WINDOWPOS_CENTERED, or
::SDL_WINDOWPOS_UNDEFINED.
*
* \note The window coordinate origin is the upper left of the display.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowPosition()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowPosition(SDL_Window * window,
int x, int y);
/**
* \brief Get the position of a window.
*
* \param window The window to query.
* \param x Pointer to variable for storing the x position, may be NULL
* \param y Pointer to variable for storing the y position, may be NULL
*
* \sa SDL_SetWindowPosition()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowPosition(SDL_Window * window,
int *x, int *y);
/**
* \brief Set the size of a window's client area.
*
* \param window The window to resize.
* \param w The width of the window, must be >0
* \param h The height of the window, must be >0
*
* \note You can't change the size of a fullscreen window, it automatically
* matches the size of the display mode.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowSize()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowSize(SDL_Window * window, int w,
int h);
/**
* \brief Get the size of a window's client area.
*
* \param window The window to query.
* \param w Pointer to variable for storing the width, may be NULL
* \param h Pointer to variable for storing the height, may be NULL
*
* \sa SDL_SetWindowSize()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowSize(SDL_Window * window, int *w,
int *h);
/**
* \brief Set the minimum size of a window's client area.
*
* \param window The window to set a new minimum size.
* \param min_w The minimum width of the window, must be >0
* \param min_h The minimum height of the window, must be >0
*
* \note You can't change the minimum size of a fullscreen window, it
* automatically matches the size of the display mode.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowMinimumSize()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowMaximumSize()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowMinimumSize(SDL_Window * window,
int min_w, int min_h);
/**
* \brief Get the minimum size of a window's client area.
*
* \param window The window to query.
* \param w Pointer to variable for storing the minimum width, may be NULL
* \param h Pointer to variable for storing the minimum height, may be NULL
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowMaximumSize()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowMinimumSize()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowMinimumSize(SDL_Window * window,
int *w, int *h);
/**
* \brief Set the maximum size of a window's client area.
*
* \param window The window to set a new maximum size.
* \param max_w The maximum width of the window, must be >0
* \param max_h The maximum height of the window, must be >0
*
* \note You can't change the maximum size of a fullscreen window, it
* automatically matches the size of the display mode.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowMaximumSize()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowMinimumSize()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowMaximumSize(SDL_Window * window,
int max_w, int max_h);
/**
* \brief Get the maximum size of a window's client area.
*
* \param window The window to query.
* \param w Pointer to variable for storing the maximum width, may be NULL
* \param h Pointer to variable for storing the maximum height, may be NULL
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowMinimumSize()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowMaximumSize()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowMaximumSize(SDL_Window * window,
int *w, int *h);
/**
* \brief Set the border state of a window.
*
* This will add or remove the window's SDL_WINDOW_BORDERLESS flag and
* add or remove the border from the actual window. This is a no-op if the
* window's border already matches the requested state.
*
* \param window The window of which to change the border state.
* \param bordered SDL_FALSE to remove border, SDL_TRUE to add border.
*
* \note You can't change the border state of a fullscreen window.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowFlags()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowBordered(SDL_Window * window,
SDL_bool bordered);
/**
* \brief Show a window.
*
* \sa SDL_HideWindow()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_ShowWindow(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Hide a window.
*
* \sa SDL_ShowWindow()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_HideWindow(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Raise a window above other windows and set the input focus.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RaiseWindow(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Make a window as large as possible.
*
* \sa SDL_RestoreWindow()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MaximizeWindow(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Minimize a window to an iconic representation.
*
* \sa SDL_RestoreWindow()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_MinimizeWindow(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Restore the size and position of a minimized or maximized window.
*
* \sa SDL_MaximizeWindow()
* \sa SDL_MinimizeWindow()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_RestoreWindow(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Set a window's fullscreen state.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if setting the display mode failed.
*
* \sa SDL_SetWindowDisplayMode()
* \sa SDL_GetWindowDisplayMode()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowFullscreen(SDL_Window * window,
Uint32 flags);
/**
* \brief Get the SDL surface associated with the window.
*
* \return The window's framebuffer surface, or NULL on error.
*
* A new surface will be created with the optimal format for the window,
* if necessary. This surface will be freed when the window is destroyed.
*
* \note You may not combine this with 3D or the rendering API on this window.
*
* \sa SDL_UpdateWindowSurface()
* \sa SDL_UpdateWindowSurfaceRects()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Surface * SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowSurface(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Copy the window surface to the screen.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowSurface()
* \sa SDL_UpdateWindowSurfaceRects()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpdateWindowSurface(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Copy a number of rectangles on the window surface to the screen.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 on error.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowSurface()
* \sa SDL_UpdateWindowSurfaceRect()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_UpdateWindowSurfaceRects(SDL_Window * window,
const SDL_Rect * rects,
int numrects);
/**
* \brief Set a window's input grab mode.
*
* \param window The window for which the input grab mode should be set.
* \param grabbed This is SDL_TRUE to grab input, and SDL_FALSE to release input.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowGrab()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowGrab(SDL_Window * window,
SDL_bool grabbed);
/**
* \brief Get a window's input grab mode.
*
* \return This returns SDL_TRUE if input is grabbed, and SDL_FALSE otherwise.
*
* \sa SDL_SetWindowGrab()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowGrab(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Set the brightness (gamma correction) for a window.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if setting the brightness isn't supported.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowBrightness()
* \sa SDL_SetWindowGammaRamp()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowBrightness(SDL_Window * window, float brightness);
/**
* \brief Get the brightness (gamma correction) for a window.
*
* \return The last brightness value passed to SDL_SetWindowBrightness()
*
* \sa SDL_SetWindowBrightness()
*/
extern DECLSPEC float SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowBrightness(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Set the gamma ramp for a window.
*
* \param window The window for which the gamma ramp should be set.
* \param red The translation table for the red channel, or NULL.
* \param green The translation table for the green channel, or NULL.
* \param blue The translation table for the blue channel, or NULL.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if gamma ramps are unsupported.
*
* Set the gamma translation table for the red, green, and blue channels
* of the video hardware. Each table is an array of 256 16-bit quantities,
* representing a mapping between the input and output for that channel.
* The input is the index into the array, and the output is the 16-bit
* gamma value at that index, scaled to the output color precision.
*
* \sa SDL_GetWindowGammaRamp()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_SetWindowGammaRamp(SDL_Window * window,
const Uint16 * red,
const Uint16 * green,
const Uint16 * blue);
/**
* \brief Get the gamma ramp for a window.
*
* \param window The window from which the gamma ramp should be queried.
* \param red A pointer to a 256 element array of 16-bit quantities to hold
* the translation table for the red channel, or NULL.
* \param green A pointer to a 256 element array of 16-bit quantities to hold
* the translation table for the green channel, or NULL.
* \param blue A pointer to a 256 element array of 16-bit quantities to hold
* the translation table for the blue channel, or NULL.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if gamma ramps are unsupported.
*
* \sa SDL_SetWindowGammaRamp()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GetWindowGammaRamp(SDL_Window * window,
Uint16 * red,
Uint16 * green,
Uint16 * blue);
/**
* \brief Destroy a window.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DestroyWindow(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Returns whether the screensaver is currently enabled (default on).
*
* \sa SDL_EnableScreenSaver()
* \sa SDL_DisableScreenSaver()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_IsScreenSaverEnabled(void);
/**
* \brief Allow the screen to be blanked by a screensaver
*
* \sa SDL_IsScreenSaverEnabled()
* \sa SDL_DisableScreenSaver()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_EnableScreenSaver(void);
/**
* \brief Prevent the screen from being blanked by a screensaver
*
* \sa SDL_IsScreenSaverEnabled()
* \sa SDL_EnableScreenSaver()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_DisableScreenSaver(void);
/**
* \name OpenGL support functions
*/
/*@{*/
/**
* \brief Dynamically load an OpenGL library.
*
* \param path The platform dependent OpenGL library name, or NULL to open the
* default OpenGL library.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if the library couldn't be loaded.
*
* This should be done after initializing the video driver, but before
* creating any OpenGL windows. If no OpenGL library is loaded, the default
* library will be loaded upon creation of the first OpenGL window.
*
* \note If you do this, you need to retrieve all of the GL functions used in
* your program from the dynamic library using SDL_GL_GetProcAddress().
*
* \sa SDL_GL_GetProcAddress()
* \sa SDL_GL_UnloadLibrary()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_LoadLibrary(const char *path);
/**
* \brief Get the address of an OpenGL function.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void *SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetProcAddress(const char *proc);
/**
* \brief Unload the OpenGL library previously loaded by SDL_GL_LoadLibrary().
*
* \sa SDL_GL_LoadLibrary()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_UnloadLibrary(void);
/**
* \brief Return true if an OpenGL extension is supported for the current
* context.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_bool SDLCALL SDL_GL_ExtensionSupported(const char
*extension);
/**
* \brief Set an OpenGL window attribute before window creation.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_SetAttribute(SDL_GLattr attr, int value);
/**
* \brief Get the actual value for an attribute from the current context.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetAttribute(SDL_GLattr attr, int *value);
/**
* \brief Create an OpenGL context for use with an OpenGL window, and make it
* current.
*
* \sa SDL_GL_DeleteContext()
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GLContext SDLCALL SDL_GL_CreateContext(SDL_Window *
window);
/**
* \brief Set up an OpenGL context for rendering into an OpenGL window.
*
* \note The context must have been created with a compatible window.
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_MakeCurrent(SDL_Window * window,
SDL_GLContext context);
/**
* \brief Get the currently active OpenGL window.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_Window* SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetCurrentWindow(void);
/**
* \brief Get the currently active OpenGL context.
*/
extern DECLSPEC SDL_GLContext SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetCurrentContext(void);
/**
* \brief Set the swap interval for the current OpenGL context.
*
* \param interval 0 for immediate updates, 1 for updates synchronized with the
* vertical retrace. If the system supports it, you may
* specify -1 to allow late swaps to happen immediately
* instead of waiting for the next retrace.
*
* \return 0 on success, or -1 if setting the swap interval is not supported.
*
* \sa SDL_GL_GetSwapInterval()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_SetSwapInterval(int interval);
/**
* \brief Get the swap interval for the current OpenGL context.
*
* \return 0 if there is no vertical retrace synchronization, 1 if the buffer
* swap is synchronized with the vertical retrace, and -1 if late
* swaps happen immediately instead of waiting for the next retrace.
* If the system can't determine the swap interval, or there isn't a
* valid current context, this will return 0 as a safe default.
*
* \sa SDL_GL_SetSwapInterval()
*/
extern DECLSPEC int SDLCALL SDL_GL_GetSwapInterval(void);
/**
* \brief Swap the OpenGL buffers for a window, if double-buffering is
* supported.
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_SwapWindow(SDL_Window * window);
/**
* \brief Delete an OpenGL context.
*
* \sa SDL_GL_CreateContext()
*/
extern DECLSPEC void SDLCALL SDL_GL_DeleteContext(SDL_GLContext context);
/*@}*//*OpenGL support functions*/
/* Ends C function definitions when using C++ */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#include "close_code.h"
#endif /* _SDL_video_h */
/* vi: set ts=4 sw=4 expandtab: */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file begin_code.h
*
* This file sets things up for C dynamic library function definitions,
* static inlined functions, and structures aligned at 4-byte alignment.
* If you don't like ugly C preprocessor code, don't look at this file. :)
*/
/* This shouldn't be nested -- included it around code only. */
#ifdef _begin_code_h
#error Nested inclusion of begin_code.h
#endif
#define _begin_code_h
/* Some compilers use a special export keyword */
#ifndef DECLSPEC
# if defined(__BEOS__) || defined(__HAIKU__)
# if defined(__GNUC__)
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllexport)
# else
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(export)
# endif
# elif defined(__WIN32__)
# ifdef __BORLANDC__
# ifdef BUILD_SDL
# define DECLSPEC
# else
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllimport)
# endif
# else
# define DECLSPEC __declspec(dllexport)
# endif
# else
# if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 4
# define DECLSPEC __attribute__ ((visibility("default")))
# else
# define DECLSPEC
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* By default SDL uses the C calling convention */
#ifndef SDLCALL
#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__GNUC__)
#define SDLCALL __cdecl
#else
#define SDLCALL
#endif
#endif /* SDLCALL */
/* Removed DECLSPEC on Symbian OS because SDL cannot be a DLL in EPOC */
#ifdef __SYMBIAN32__
#undef DECLSPEC
#define DECLSPEC
#endif /* __SYMBIAN32__ */
/* Force structure packing at 4 byte alignment.
This is necessary if the header is included in code which has structure
packing set to an alternate value, say for loading structures from disk.
The packing is reset to the previous value in close_code.h
*/
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
#ifdef _MSC_VER
#pragma warning(disable: 4103)
#endif
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma nopackwarning
#endif
#ifdef _M_X64
/* Use 8-byte alignment on 64-bit architectures, so pointers are aligned */
#pragma pack(push,8)
#else
#pragma pack(push,4)
#endif
#endif /* Compiler needs structure packing set */
/* Set up compiler-specific options for inlining functions */
#ifndef SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#ifdef __GNUC__
#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#else
/* Add any special compiler-specific cases here */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || \
defined(__DMC__) || defined(__SC__) || \
defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__LCC__) || \
defined(__DECC)
#ifndef __inline__
#define __inline__ __inline
#endif
#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#else
#if !defined(__MRC__) && !defined(_SGI_SOURCE)
#ifndef __inline__
#define __inline__ inline
#endif
#define SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#endif /* Not a funky compiler */
#endif /* Visual C++ */
#endif /* GNU C */
#endif /* SDL_INLINE_OKAY */
/* If inlining isn't supported, remove "__inline__", turning static
inlined functions into static functions (resulting in code bloat
in all files which include the offending header files)
*/
#ifndef SDL_INLINE_OKAY
#define __inline__
#endif
#ifndef SDL_FORCE_INLINE
#if defined(_MSC_VER)
#define SDL_FORCE_INLINE __forceinline
#elif ( (defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 4)) || defined(__clang__) )
#define SDL_FORCE_INLINE __attribute__((always_inline)) static inline
#else
#define SDL_FORCE_INLINE static __inline__
#endif
#endif
/* Apparently this is needed by several Windows compilers */
#if !defined(__MACH__)
#ifndef NULL
#ifdef __cplusplus
#define NULL 0
#else
#define NULL ((void *)0)
#endif
#endif /* NULL */
#endif /* ! Mac OS X - breaks precompiled headers */

View file

@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
/*
Simple DirectMedia Layer
Copyright (C) 1997-2013 Sam Lantinga <slouken@libsdl.org>
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages
arising from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not
claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be
appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be
misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
*/
/**
* \file close_code.h
*
* This file reverses the effects of begin_code.h and should be included
* after you finish any function and structure declarations in your headers
*/
#undef _begin_code_h
/* Reset structure packing at previous byte alignment */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__MWERKS__) || defined(__WATCOMC__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
#pragma nopackwarning
#endif
#pragma pack(pop)
#endif /* Compiler needs structure packing set */

Binary file not shown.

Binary file not shown.

Binary file not shown.

Binary file not shown.